Home

AlphaServer 8200/8400 Service Manual

1. Rear BX 0135 94 2 18 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 2 17 8400 AC Input Box Troubleshooting Steps Single Phase Power Circuit Breaker Circuit Tripped Breaker On On C Rear Off Three Phase Power Circuit Breaker Circuit Tripped Breaker On 1 1 O circuit breaker tripped Check DC regulators _ 0 Check for breaker trip due to power surge Check to make sure no one has intentionally powered the system down If not the breaker may have been tripped by an outside power surge or a short within the system Push the breaker switch up A If the breaker does not trip off again check to see if power has returned to other parts of the system Blower spins up System self test com pletes If so boot the operating system If not check the DC regulators B If the breaker does trip to off again check the fuses in the AC input box and replace if needed If fuse blew on transient power surge replacing the fuse will fix the problem Check for short within system After replacing the blown fuse or fuses push the breaker switch up again If power returns to other parts of the system boot the operating system at the console prompt after system self test passes successfully If not check for a short circuit within the system Contin
2. BX 0701A 94 70 29332 01 TLSB centerplane and card cage KFTIA AA or E2054 AA I O module KFTHA AA E2052 AA I O module Access to both the front and the rear of the cabinet is required 7 This FRU is in the main cabinet only cannot be located in the expander cabinet 14 4 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 FRUs that may be included with the KFTIA module are DEFPZ AA Daughter card SAS multimode fiber FDDI DEFPZ UA Daughter card twisted pair copper FDDI DJ ML300 BA Daughter card NVRAM BN20W 0B Y cable for FWD SCSI connection CK KFTIA AA is cable with one terminator MS7CC BA or E2035 BA memory module 128 Mbytes includes 16 54 21724 01 SIMMs MS7CC CA or E2035 CA memory module 256 Mbytes includes 32 54 21724 01 SIMMs MS7CC DA or E2035 DA memory module 512 Mbytes includes 16 54 21726 01 SIMMs MS7CC EA or E2035 EA memory module 1 Gbyte includes 32 54 21726 01 SIMMs MS7CC FA E2036 AA memory module 2 Gbytes includes 36 54 21718 01 SIMMs 54 20300 01 Cabinet control logic module CCL 30 35143 01 DC distribution box and 12 17199 04 600 V fuse three phase only 30 39579 02 or AC distribution box single phase 30 33798 0x AC input box three phase 12 35173 01 Blower DWLMA xx or XMI plug in unit DWLAA xx or Futurebus plug in unit DWLPA xx PCI plug in unit BA655 AB or SCSI disk plug in
3. Front ST i BX 0615 94 7 2 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 0O09 70 31086 01 5 slot card cage and TLSB backplane 70 31087 01 Storage drawer KFTIA E2054 AA I O module FRUs that may be included with the KFTIA module are DJ ML300 BA NVRAM daughter card option DEFPZ AA FDDI multimode fiber card option DEFPZ UA FDDI twisted pair copper card option BN20W 0OB Y cable for FWD SCSI connection CK KFTIA AA is cable with one terminator KN7CC AA or E2056 CA single processor module KN7CC AB E2056 DA dual processor module MS7CC BA or E2035 BA memory module 128 Mbytes includes 16 54 21724 01 SIMMs MS7CC CA or E2035 CA memory module 256 Mbytes includes 32 54 21724 01 SIMMs MS7CC DA or E2035 DA memory module 512 Mbytes includes 16 54 21726 01 SIMMs MS7CC EA or E2035 EA memory module 1 Gbytes includes 32 54 21726 01 SIMMs MS7CC FA E2036 AA memory module 2 Gbytes includes 36 54 21718 01 SIMMs KFTHA AA E2052 AA I O module 54 23459 01 Control panel 54 23461 01 CCL module DWLPA CA PCI shelf BA350 JB StorageWorks shelf H7266 AA Space for optional power regulator H7266 AA Power regulator Field Replaceable Units 7 3 7 2 FRUs Accessible from the Rear Figure 7 2 shows the location of field replaceable units FRUs that can be accessed from the rear of t
4. Processor System Unit StorageWorks or PCI I O Shelves Power Regulators BX 0610 94 8 2 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 About the Main Cabinet The main cabinet H9A10 EA contains the following components e Processor system unit PSU e Space for PCI I O shelves or StorageWorks shelves e Power regulators A CD ROM drive is mounted in the PSU storage drawer at the front of the cabinet This option connects to the single ended SCSI port on the KFTIA module If the system includes a PCI shelf with a standard I O module PCI to EISA bridge a floppy drive is mounted next to the control panel Configuration Rules 8 3 8 2 Expander Cabinet The expander cabinet looks like the main cabinet but without the processor system unit or a control panel StorageWorks shelves or PCI I O shelves may be installed in the space that would be occupied by the processor system unit Figure 8 2 Expander Cabinet UII Front Rear StorageWorks Shelves StorageWorks or PCI Shelves CCL Panel Power Regulators BX 0610A 94 8 4 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 About the Expander Cabinet The expander cabinet H9B10 EA is similar to the main cabinet the contents however differ The expander cabinet does not have a
5. BX 0631 94 Processor System Unit 11 9 11 4 Storage Drawer Removal and Replacement The storage drawer is attached to the processor system unit by two screws Remove the storage drawer from the front of the cabinet Figure 11 12 Storage Drawer BX 0625 94 11 10 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and push the control panel On Off button to Off 2 Shut the circuit breaker off and disconnect the AC power cord 3 Open the front door and remove the rear door by loosening the two bolts at the bottom of the cabinet and lifting the door off the two brackets 4 At the rear of the cabinet loosen the screw securing the storage drawer see Q 5 At the front of the cabinet disconnect and remove the StorageWorks power supply cable 17 04049 01 See O Disconnect the Ethernet cables see O Remove the screw securing the storage drawer see 8 Gently pull the storage drawer out from the front of the cabinet Replacement Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Processor System Unit 11 11 Chapter 12 PCI Shelves This chapter contains the following sections e PCI Shelf Removal and Replacement e Fan Removal and Replacement See Chapter 20 for the PCI shelf power board and mother board removal and replacement procedures PCIShelves 12 1 12 1 PCI Shelf Removal and Replacement To access
6. CAUTION The battery packs are very heavy Handle with extreme caution 5 Remove the battery packs from the chassis by removing the pack on the right first and then sliding the left battery pack into the empty space to remove it see Figure 10 3 10 4 Service Manual Part 3 Alpha Server 8200 Figure 10 3 Removing the BBU Option Battery Packs LEFF A A o 2020200 o0000000 o0000000 o0000000 o0000000 i BX 0642 95 Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification e Check the power regulator LEDs The BATTERY CHARGING LED should be on or flashing the REPLACE BATTERY LED should be off REPLACEMENT OF BATTERIES When batteries are replaced use only batteries that are compatible with the product s electrical requirements and recharging circuitry if applicable Consult your local Digital Service Center for information and proper servicing Lithium batteries if contained in this product are subject to special precautions CAUTION There is a danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations or consult your Digital Service Center BATTERY DISPOSAL Recycle or dispose of batteries contained in this product properly in accordance with local regulations for the battery type as marked on the battery Prior to disposal or recycling
7. DECeventEnorLog 437 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TLEPn TLBER lt 16 gt Search all other TLEPs UDE on CSR read Ignore TLEP doing of TLEP by other read will show error else Ignore CPU doing UDE on CSR read read will show error TLEP of TLEP by other CPU else Inconsistent No DS bits set BX 0186N 95 4 38 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TMEMx TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TMEMs TMEMx TLFADR1 lt 18 16 gt 010 100 or 110 Dismiss Other branch of tree should show this error Read from other CPU else Dismiss Other CPU Inconsistent on this TLEP should wrong TMEM show this error nota TMEM TMEMx TLFADR lt 26 24 gt 111 Search all TMEMs TMEMx TLFADR1 lt 18 16 gt 010 100 or 110 Dismiss Other branch of tree should show this error Read from other CPU jelse Dismiss Other CPU Inconsistent on this TLEP should wrong TMEM show this error not a TMEM KFTxAx TLBER lt 16 gt Search all KFTxAs KFTxAx TLBER lt 24 gt CSR write KFTXA high from KFTxAx else Look for other KFTxAs with TLBER lt 16 gt set This one does not appear to be problem Inconsistent wrong KF TxA A not a KFTXA BX 01860 95 DECevent ErorLog 4 39 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TLEPx TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TLEPs TLEPx TLBE
8. c ccsssccssecsseecsseeeesseessaeecseecsseeeesaeeesaeers 4 2 4 1 2 Data Bus see er sien ces nede a e seat eea dese Wids E pE ae I E ETE 4 3 4 1 3 Error Checking nnvan ra Ae E IE TEE eas 4 3 4 2 Producing an Error Log with DECevent seeeseeeeeereereresereerrerrererererre 4 4 4 3 Getting a Summary Error Log ou eeeeeseeeseeceseccneeeeseeesceeesaeessaeesaeessaeees 4 5 4 4 Supported Event Types cccsesssecseseseetesensneneesoneronesnsevenscessersnenenees 4 6 4 5 Sample Error Log Entries eeceessceeeesseeeeecsseecsseeeeecsseeceeesesaeeneeeesaee 4 8 4 5 1 Machine Check 660 Errot cceesesecesseessseceseeceseeeseesseeseeeseneeeeseeeee 4 8 4 5 2 Machine Check 620 Errot c cceeccesecceseeceeseceeeeesseesaeecsaeecseessaeessnees 4 12 4 5 3 DWLPA Motherboard PCIA Adapter Error Log ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 17 4 6 Parse Tree Ses aiene r 20s sate eiae Eara e ow OE ENE EE EEEE EE SEEGE 4 23 4 6 1 Parse Tree for Machine Check 670 Errors eseeseceeseereereereeererrenes 4 23 4 6 2 Machine Check 660 Errors sssssssseeeeesseresressreresereeresrresesererereressee 4 24 4 6 3 Machine Check 630 Error jciic c sstviistsasiscdesscastuaviaese cbevesdasedeacer tee 4 51 4 6 4 Machine Check 620 Errot cceecceeecceseeeesseceseeesseesseecsaeesseeeseessnees 4 52 4 6 5 Adapter ParseT Tees 3 33 iesetsscistasiaanndatins aiginkse a Nei 4 61 Part2 LSB Modules Chapter5 TLSB Modules 5 1 How to Replace the Only Proces
9. BX 0628 94 10 10 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 iS i NS a 9 Shut down the operating system and push the control panel On Off button to Off Shut the circuit breaker off and disconnect the AC power cord Open the front door and remove the rear door by loosening the two bolts at the bottom of the cabinet and lifting the door off the two brackets Remove the control panel see Section 9 1 Remove the CCL module see Section 9 2 Disconnect the CCL to blower power cable see O At the rear of the cabinet loosen the six Phillips screws three on each side of the blower These screws attach the blower to the PSU see Remove the four Phillips screws two on each side of the blower that attach the blower to the plate behind the control panel and CCL module see Remove the three Phillips screws located just above the blower see 10 Remove the blower from the rear of the cabinet Replacement Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure PowerSystem 10 11 Chapter 11 Proc essor System Unit This chapter contains the following sections e Clock Module Removal and Replacement e Terminator Module Removal and Replacement e TLSB Card Cage Removal and Replacement e Storage Drawer Removal and Replacement Processor System Unit 11 1 11 1 Clock Module Removal and Replacement The clock module is attached to the TLSB card cage by two screws Access is from the rear of th
10. 2 Usea 10 mm hex socket wrench to remove the bolts in the upper corners of the side panel See in Figure 16 3 3 Lift the panel up and away from the cabinet Replacement 1 Place the panel on the side of the cabinet so that all three brackets on the inside of the side panel rest in the U shaped channels on the side of the cabinet See O in Figure 16 3 2 Replace the bolts removed in step 2 of the Removal section 3 Replace the top panel Cabinet Doorsand Panels 16 7 Chapter 17 Cabinet Control System This chapter contains removal and replacement instructions for components of the cabinet control system This chapter consists of the following sections Control Panel Removal and Replacement CD ROM Drive Removal and Replacement Floppy Drive Removal and Replacement Local Disk Converter Removal and Replacement Cabinet Control Logic Module Removal and Replacement Cabinet Control System 17 1 17 1 Control Panel Removal and Replacement The control panel bezel attaches to the cabinet with two Phillips screws The circuit board attaches to the back side of the bezel with four clips Access is from the front of the cabinet Figure 17 1 Control Panel Back side of control panel BX 0723 94 17 2 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Shut
11. Part1 Troubleshooting Chapter 2 Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 4 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 4 1 2 4 2 2 4 3 Troubleshooting Common to Both Systems ceeseeeeesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 2 Start with the Control Panel eesceesecsseeceeeceseceneeeeecseeseeeeeeeens 2 2 Troubleshooting TLSB Modules cee ceeeeeesceseceneeseneeeeessneeeneers 2 4 Troubleshooting a PCI Shelf eee eeeescseeceeceeeeeeeeeesaecnaeeesaeeeaee 2 6 Troubleshooting StorageWorksShelves ecceeeesseeeeeeeeeeeneeesneees 2 8 Troubleshooting the 8200 Power Subsystem ceseeseeseeeseeeceeeneeeeee 2 10 8200 Power Regulators s 2 s sieisccsadssgsessseteesscbs sues sas lends uatese seve ine 2 10 200 Cabling os 6 ste tetecees Bia Seen Shae tees et teb Aue al wen teedanats 2 14 Troubleshooting the 8200 Cooling Subsystem cecceeeeeeeeeeeeteceeeeee 2 16 Troubleshooting the 8400 Power Subsystem cseeseseesseeeceeeneeeeee 2 18 8400 AC Input BOX sron n R tics O EE S 2 18 H7264 Power Regulators esseesseeseseseeeseesseeresrrsrrrereerereresresreesreere 2 20 H7263 Power Regulators 0 ccesccesceseeceeeeeecesceeesecsseeseeeeesaeeneeees 2 22 2 4 4 Cabinet Control Logic CCL Module eecccceecceeeseeeeeteeeeneeeeee 2 24 2 5 Troubleshooting the 8400 Blowet ceeceseeeseecesceseeceeeceseeeeeeeesaeenaes 2 26 2 6 Troubleshooting 8400 XMI and Futurebust 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeec
12. in Figure 21 2 CAUTION Hold the handle on the XMI card cage while removing or inserting a module If it is not held in place the handle can spring down and damage the module 4 Remove all modules from the card cage Store the modules in ESD boxes or on ESD mats Do not stack the modules 5 Remove the power regulators See Section 21 1 Open the rear door of the cabinet Open the I O bulkhead pull up and twist the two door pins and then swing the bulkhead open Disconnect the Ethernet power cables from the bulkhead connectors 9 Disconnect the I O cables from the backplane 10 At the front of the cabinet remove the two screws Phillips at the bottom of the PIU enclosure See in Figure 21 2 11 Loosen the two captive screws slotted at the top of the enclosure See 12 Pull the enclosure out from the front of the cabinet from the rear if Futurebus Replacement 1 For XMI PIUs Tightening the top captive screws compresses the EMI gasket between the front and rear halves of the enclosure Inspect the EMI gasket before replacing the front half of the enclosure to determine that the gasket is not broken 2 Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification Check the PIU LEDs on the CCL module to be sure power is reaching the quadrant with the card cage you replaced XMI and Futurebus Plug In Units 21 5 21 3 Air Filter Cleaning The air filter is located in the bottom of the I O PIU enclosure front half
13. 17 03123 01 17 03124 01 48V power signal 4 to 1 Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal three phase expander cabinet To remove this cable DC distribution box Control panel CCL TLSB bulkhead Removable media box LDC AC input 1 Remove the right side panel as viewed from the front of the cabinet Plug in units Q1 Q4 amp CCL CCL TLSB bulkhead TLSB backplane CCL CCL 2 Remove the screws on the strain relief clamps visible from the side of the cabinet 3 Remove all ends of the cable These ends are at the CCL module the DC distribution box and the floating connector in each PIU quadrant You must remove all PIUs to gain access to the floating connectors 14 20 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Table 14 1 Cables Continued Fom Cable Description To 17 03124 02 Signal three phase expander AC input CCL cabinet 17 03125 01 Power Power filter TLSB backplane 17 03126 01 48V power sense DC distribution Blower amp CCL 17 03201 01 DEC power bus Control panel DEC power bus 17 03348 01 Signal CD ROM Bulkhead 17 03442 01 Power signal DC distribution PIUs Q5 Q6 amp CCL 17 03443 01 Power LDC Bulkhead 17 03444 01 Signal LDC Bulkhead 17 03499 05 Power cord single phase 60 Wall AC distribution Hz systems US 17 03500 02 Power cord single phase 50 Wall AC distribution Hz systems Europe 17 03508 01 Power DC distribution Removable media LDC 17 03511 02 Signal
14. 18 2 18 1 2 Single Phase AC Distribution Box Removal and Replacement 18 4 18 2 Three Phase Power Sy Stem sisi cd cscccses staesuee cob spatsestavssvessesiuncuvoctessessevees 18 6 18 2 1 H7263 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement ce 18 6 18 2 2 Three Phase AC Input Box Removal and Replacement 4 18 8 18 2 3 Three Phase DC Distribution Box Removal and Replacement 18 10 18 3 Blower Removal and Replacement cc ceeseeeseecsseesseeceeseseesneeeesees 18 12 Chapter19 TLS Card Cage 19 1 System Clock Module Removal and Replacement eeeeeeeeseeeeee 19 2 19 2 TLSB Card Cage Removal cecceesscssccssseecseeessceceeeesaeecsseesaeesseeeseaes 19 4 Chapter20 PCI Plug In Unit 20 1 Option Board Removal and Replacement eceeeeseeeeeeeteeeeeneeeeeaes 20 2 20 2 Power Board Removal and Replacement eeeeesseesneeereeeeeeesneeeeee 20 4 20 3 Motherboard Removal and Replacement ce eeeeeeseeereceeeeeseeeeneeesaee 20 6 Chapter21 XMI and Futurebus Plug In Units 21 1 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement cssseseseeeeeteeeeeees 21 2 21 2 Enclosure and Card Cage Removal and Replacement cesses 21 4 21 3 Air Filter Cleanings os 20 ssc ete ti ee vote nie a cette sae EEANN SEAS 21 6 Chapter22 SCSI Storage Plug in Unit 22 1 Device Removal and Replacement cssccceeeesceeeeeeeesneeeeeeseeesanees 22 2 22 2 Power Supply R
15. Clean it with a vacuum cleaner or a wire brush preferably brass Figure 21 3 XMI and Futurebus PIU Air Filter Air Filter BX 0732 94 21 6 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Air Filter Cleaning 1 2 Oe te OY IU AS Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap If you are working on an XMI PIU loosen the two spring loaded fasteners Phillips and remove the PIU enclosure door Slide the filter out Clean the filter with a vacuum cleaner or a wire brush preferably brass Replace the filter Replace the enclosure door Close the cabinet door XMI and Futurebus Plug In Units 21 7 Chapter 22 SC SI Storage Plug In Unit This chapter contains the following sections e Device Removal and Replacement e Power Supply Removal and Replacement SCSI Storage Plug In Unit 22 1 22 1 Device Removal and Replacement Press both mounting tabs in and slide the disk or tape drive out of the shelf Use both hands to fully support the weight of the drive Figure 22 1 SCS PIU Devices BX 0733 94 22 2 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Press in both mount
16. NOTE After connecting all the cables to the CCL module be careful not to damage the cables when you reattach the module to the cabinet Cabinet Control System 9 5 Chapter 10 Power System This chapter contains the following sections e Power Regulator Removal and Replacement e BBU Option Removal and Replacement Battery Pack Removal and Replacement Charger Board Removal and Replacement e Power Strip Removal and Replacement e Blower Removal and Replacement PowerSystem 10 1 10 1 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement The power regulator is very heavy Two people are required to remove the power regulator from the cabinet Figure 10 1 Power Regulator Front W O lt a O gt T W gt O a 5 4 E oc a 5 oO ON BATTERY BATTERY CHARGING REPLACE BATTERY BX 0622 94 10 2 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 2 3 8 9 Open the front cabinet door and remove the rear door Push the control panel On Off button to Off Shut the power regulator circuit breaker off by pushing down on the handle and disconnect the AC power cord NOTE Ina dual power regulator system shut the power strip circuit breaker off and then shut off each circuit breaker on the two power regulators At the front of the cabinet disconnect the two 48 VDC cables
17. Two kinds of power regulators are available An H7264 regulator shown in Figure 1 9 with the cover plate removed converts single phase AC power to 48 VDC A system may use one or two H7264 power regulators as needed for power demands see the Systems and Options Catalog for power requirements The H7263 regulators convert three phase AC power to 48 VDC and also supply information for console display Two or three regulators offer n 1 redundancy that is if one regulator fails the second or third supplies the needed power The DC distribution box in back of the H7264 power regulator provides 48 VDC to the system holding connector points for power distribution under the gray cover and provides a signal interface between the CCL and the power regulators With three phase power input and H7263 regulator s connector points are also available for input from battery backup units BBUs located in either a BBU plug in unit PIU or from battery expander cabinets The cabinet control logic CCL module contains logic that monitors signals from parts of the power system The clock module provides the oscillator and logic that governs the frequency with which signals can be transmitted on the TLSB bus cycle time The clocking scheme supports a bus cycle time of 10 ns which translates to a system clock frequency of 100 MHz The power filter removes any noise disturbance on the 48V line to supply consistent power to the delicate system module
18. XMI and Futurebus Plug In Units Since the field replaceable units in these plug in units are removed and replaced in the same way only one set of instructions is given This chapter contains the following sections e Power Regulator Removal and Replacement e Enclosure and Card Cage Removal and Replacement e Air Filter Cleaning XMI and Futurebus Plug In Units 21 1 21 1 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement Disconnect the cables and loosen the three slotted captive screws on the front of the regulator Grasp the handhold and pull the power regulator out of the enclosure Figure 21 1 XMI and Futurebus PIU Power Regulators BX 0730 94 21 2 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 NOTE The following instructions apply to both power regulators Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Loosen the two spring loaded Phillips fasteners and remove the enclosure door See in Figure 21 1 4 Disconnect the 48V cable two connectors See O 5 Disconnect the control and status cable two connectors See 6 Loosen the captive screws slotted one at the top and two at the bottom of each regulator See 7 Using the handhold pull out the power regulator See CAUTION Do not bend or
19. cece eeseeeseecsseceseecsseeceseeesseecesaeeesaeersas 15 29 DSSI Disk Plug In Unit a etae ee E ree a E E EENEN 15 30 15 18 Battery Plug In Unit eee eeeeceeseeceseeesseeesaeecsseecsseecesaeeesaeeesaeees 15 32 16 1 Cabinet Door and Cable Cover eeeeceeseceseecesseceseeeeeeeeesneeseneesseeeens 16 2 16 2 Top Panelo kiena hen enee e aes ves steeds EENS ete Be teres teehee 16 4 16 3 Side P h ls seinan nn Masten teh ead Meine 16 6 1721 Control Panelaren i AE EE E EEEE E 17 2 17 2 CD ROM Diive ic sntcsiiie eet edi iia as 17 4 L 3 Floppy Divessicti eases ewes Wounds Aedes dudes 17 6 17 4 Local Disk Converter 00 cceeeccceeessccecenceeeeenneeeeenaeeeceenneeeseseeeeesnaeeeees 17 8 17 5 Cabinet Control Logic Module Viewed from Front of Cabinet 17 10 18 1 H7264 Power Regulators eee eesceesseeceseccseeceseecesseecsaeecsaeessteeeesaeeesaes 18 2 18 2 Single Phase AC Distribution BOX 000 00 ee eeeeeeseeceseceeeceeeceseeeeseeeesaee 18 4 18 3 H7263 Power Regulators cee eesceesseeceseccneeceseeeesaeecsaeecsaeecsneeeeseeeesaes 18 6 18 4 Three Phase AC Input BoX eee eesececceeeeceesseeeceeseeeeeeseeesensaeeeees 18 8 18 5 Three Phase DC Distribution BOX cee eeeeeeseceseeseseceneeeeseeeenseeeeneers 18 10 18 6 BIOWED esi ieatitinnn dei de dee in acl nas dane teoeas deat 18 12 19 1 System Clock Modlen i taas ee os 19 2 19 2 TLSB Card Cage R fo yal snieni na ani 19 4 20 1 PCI PIU Option Boar
20. 2 8 DWLMA 102A 0003 dwima0d C KDM70 C22 2B01 kdm700 E DEMNA C03 0803 demna0 C3 XMI xmil 1 DEMFA 823 9120 demfad 2 TESTE 810 A4A6 unknown1 2 8 DWLMA 102A 0104 dwimal A KCM44 C22 69F1 kcm440 c 2222 FDFF FFFF unknown2 E CIXCD C2F 0211 cixcdod UPD gt update unknown Confirm update on unknown2 Y N y WARNING updates may take several minutes to complete for each device DO NOT ABORT 6 14 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Issue the display command The display indicates an unknown device LFU is unable to recognize the device type You can identify the unknown device by looking at the physical configuration Display shows that the unknown devices are in slot 2 of the first XMI bus and slots 2 and 12 of the second XMI Issue the command update unknown Continued on next page Updating Firmware 6 15 Example 6 6 Updating an Unknown Device Continued unknown2 Updating to 2 Verifying 2 PASSED 4 UPD gt exit Initializing self test display appears P00 gt gt gt sho config Name Type Rev Mnemonic TLSB 0 KN7CC AA 8011 0000 kn7cc aa0 4 MS7CC 5000 0000 ms7cc0 6 MS7CC 5000 0000 ms7cc1 8 KFTHA 2000 0000 kftha0 CO XMI xmid 2 22 810 A4A6 unknowno 8 DWLMA 102A 0003 dwima0d C KDM70 C22 2B01 kdm700 E DEMNA C03 0803 demna0 C3 XMI xmil 1 DEMFA 823 9120 demfa0 2 22 810 A4A6 unknowni Q 8 DWLMA 102A 0104 dwimal A KCM44 C22 69F1 kcm440 C CIXCD C2F
21. 8 5 I O Interface The I O interface consists of an I O module in the TLSB card cage and the I O cable that connects the module to the I O bus Figure 8 7 I O Interface Front Expander BX 0621 94 8 10 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 About the I O Interface The I O interface consists of an I O module KFTIA in slot 8 of the TLSB card cage and cabling for the I O channels TO Interface Configuration e The KFTIA can accommodate one I O channel the KFTHA can accommodate up to four I O channels e Each I O bus is housed in an I O shelf e An T O cable connects the I O module to an I O shelf each I O cable consists of two separate unidirectional interconnects e The maximum length of each I O cable is 3 meters 10 ft Configuration Rules 8 11 8 6 Shelves PCI shelves and StorageWorks shelves are located in the main and expander cabinets as shown in Figure 8 8 Both cabinets have space for shelves in the bottom The expander cabinet also has space in the top Figure 8 8 Location of Shelf Space Main Cabinet Front Rear Space for Space for 3 Shelves 3 Shelves 5 P Expander Cabinet Front Rear Space for _ Space for 3 Shelves i 3 Shelves BX 0612 94 8 12 Service Manual Part
22. Alpha Server 8400 About the XMI Plug In Unit e An XMI PIU is shown in Figure 15 13 e The maximum number of XMI PIUs per cabinet is two The maximum per system is six e Each XMI PIU requires one I O cable connection The I O system can accommodate a maximum of four XMI PIUs for each KFTHA and one XMI PIU for each KFTIA XMI PIU Configuration Rules e Each XMI PIU uses two quadrants Q1 and Q2 or Q3 and Q4 see Figure 15 10 The first is located in Q1 and Q2 the second in Q3 and Q4 e The XMI bulkhead has eight quad and four dual panels When the PIU is located in Q1 and Q2 panel A1 a quad panel is used for the cable connection to the I O module when in Q3 and Q4 panel A5 a dual panel is used e When the XMI PIU is located in Q3 and Q4 the pull knob for opening and closing the bulkhead door interferes with panels Al and A2 Because of this the following cabinet kits are the only ones permitted in locations Al and A2 CK DEMNA KN Ethernet CK KFMSB LB DSSI CK KZMSA LA SCSI XMI Configuration Rules e Each XMI backplane has 12 slots of usable I O space The backplane has 14 slots two of which are reserved for the T2030 YA and T2028 AA modules leaving 12 slots for I O e The clock and arbitration module T2030 Y A must be in slot 7 e The T2028 AA module which is the interface between the TLSB and XMI buses must be in slot 8 e The first option must be in either slot 1 or slot 14 to terminat
23. CAUTION Obstructions on the top panel may cause the system to shut down Figure 16 2 Top Panel N Ss BS NRR NNNSNN NNNNA SNN NAARS IAS INSSI NISA UNS asst bye BX 0721 94 16 4 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Top Panel Removal 1 Remove the screw Phillips at the rear of the top panel See in Figure 16 2 2 Lift the top panel until the plastic snaps disengage Top Panel Replacement 1 Position the top panel on the cabinet and push it down until the plastic snaps engage 2 Replace the screw removed in step of the Removal section Top Air Filter Removal 1 Remove the top panel see above 2 Grasp the foam air filter and pull it away from the top panel No tools are required 3 Discard the foam air filter Top Air Filter Replacement 1 Lay the replacement air filter over the mesh on the top panel 2 Push the edges of the foam under the edges of the opening 3 Replace the top panel Cabinet Doorsand Panels 16 5 16 3 Side Panel Removal and Replacement The side panel attaches to the cabinet with two bolts at the top and brackets on the inside of the panel Figure 16 3 Side Panel oo 0 0 BX 0722 94 16 6 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Remove the top panel See Section 16 2
24. IDP internal error KFTXA high BX 0186S 95 IDPNSE lt 24 gt IDP command parity error DECeventEnorLog 443 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued MEM TLBER 30 25 6 2 1 Search all TMEMs TLBER lt 30 gt TLBER lt 28 gt Should not Data control transmit happen check error TMEM high Any TLSB node med else Data status error TLBER lt 29 gt TLBER lt 28 gt TMEM high Data control transmit Any TLSB node med check error else TMEM high equence error Any TLSB node med TLBER lt 28 gt Data control transmit TMEM high check error Any TLSB node med TLBER lt 27 gt Any TLSB node high Address bus transmit check error TMEM high Any TLSB node med Bank busy violation error LBER lt 1 gt Address parity error TMEM high Inconsistent end of the line BX 0186T 95 4 44 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued SYSDERR TMEMx TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TMEMs TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 011 111 or 001 UDE on write to TMEM TMEM high TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 010 or 100 TMEMx TLBER lt 24 gt Probably wrong memory look at next one KFTxAy TLBER lt 16 gt Search all KFTxAs UDE on read dirty from KFTxA high KFTxAy TLSB error TMEM med Any TLSB node TLEPz TLBER lt 16 gt Search all other TLEPs UDE on read dirty Dismiss wil
25. N BX 0160 94 1 8 Service Manual All memory modules for the AlphaServer 8400 and 8200 systems have SIMMs single inline memory modules DRAMs are mounted on small cards that are fixed to the larger memory module by spring held mounting clips that grip both sides of the SIMM Figure 1 6 shows The array of SIMMs in an MS7CCA BA 128 Mbyte memory module The dust cover that protects the connectors into which SIMMs can be plugged to upgrade the 128 Mbyte module to a 256 Mbyte module Memory data interface MDI gate arrays that provide the data interface between the TLSB bus and the DRAM arrays The MDIs contain data buffers ECC checking logic self test data generation and checking logic and control and status registers CSRs The control address interface CTL gate array that provides the interface to the TLSB controls DRAM timing and refresh runs memory self test and contains TLSB and memory specific registers The DC to DC converter All types of SIMMs for all the memory modules available for AlphaServer 8400 and 8200 systems are field replaceable Section 3 3 describes how to isolate a problem SIMM When you replace a SIMM you must be sure that the type of SIMM matches the module it is designed for as detailed in Table 1 1 Table 1 1 Memory Modules and Related SIMMs Motherboard Number Memory Size Part Number SIMM Part Number of SMMs MS7CC B
26. See Remove the local disk converter module by removing the four screws Phillips from the corners of the module Use a long screwdriver and insert it through the holes on the side of the box opposite the local disk converter module Replacement Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification Boot LFU See Chapter 6 Cabinet Control System 17 9 17 5 Cabinet Control Logic Module Removal and Replacement The cabinet control logic CCL module is mounted on a slide plate with Phillips screws The slide plate is held in place with slotted captive screws Access is from the rear of the cabinet Figure 17 5 Cabinet Contol Logic Module Viewed from Front of Cabinet BX 0725 94 17 10 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle 3 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 4 At the rear of the system remove the rear panel of the cabinet control system box See in Figure 17 5 5 Ifa DEC power bus cable is connected to the end of the slide plate on which the cabinet control logic module is mounted remove the connector See 6 Remove all connectors from the cabinet control logic module 7 Loosen the two captive screws slotted on the end of the slide plate See 8 Pull the slide plate out 9 Remove the cabinet con
27. T O Interface 2 555 oh Reh es ee es Sota EL noe Ak 15 16 Plug In Units 23 hsesicbcdeivnicnval veahead eine vein niens 15 18 PCIPlus in Unit nics dates aut ekg nen eee 15 20 XMI Plug In Units eici a dade ied arisera 15 24 Futurebus Plug In Unit cece eeecccseecsseesseecneecsseeseessneeseeessees 15 26 SCSI Storage Plug In Unit eee cescceeseseeeseeceseceneeseeesseeeneees 15 28 DSSI Disk Plug In Unit ee eeeeeeseeceneeceseeeeseeeesaeessaeeseeeeee 15 30 Battery Plug In Units c 2 6 c5 20 cegiiieiiege eri es 15 32 Chapter16 Cabinet Doors and Panels 16 1 16 2 16 3 Door and Cable Cover Removal and Replacement 0 0 0 eeseeeeeeeeeeee 16 2 Top Panel and Air Filter Removal and Replacement 0 0 eee 16 4 Side Panel Removal and Replacement cecesecseeeesseceneeeeseeeneeeeeeeeee 16 6 Chapter17 Cabinet Contol System 17 1 17 2 17 3 17 4 17 5 Control Panel Removal and Replacement eeeeeeeeesneeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeee 17 2 CD ROM Drive Removal and Replacement eeeeeesseeeseeeteeeteeeeeees 17 4 Floppy Drive Removal and Replacement eeseeseeeseeeteeeeeeesseeeees 17 6 Local Disk Converter Removal and Replacement ceeseeseeeeeeeees 17 8 Cabinet Control Logic Module Removal and Replacement 17 10 vii Chapter18 Powerand Cooling Systems 18 1 Single Phase Power Syste annonae aneso a rai isa 18 2 18 1 1 H7264 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement
28. The box at the end of the branch identifies the FRU most likely responsible for the error FRUs are listed in order of decreasing probability 4 6 1 Parse Tree for Machine Check 670 Enors Machine check 670 errors always cause the system to crash They are errors that occur in the transfer of data between caches internal to a CPU chip or the B cache on a particular processor module Figure 4 1 Machine Check 670 Enor WHAM I register to identify the faulty CPU module BX 0189 95 The DECevent bit to text listing prints contents of registers that can be used to identify what component on a particular CPU module failed To identify a FRU to be replaced however all you need to do is look at the WHAMI who am J register to identify the faulty CPU module Note that the WHAMI register is described in the 8200 8400 System Technical Manual under its full name as the GRUSSWHAMI register DECeventEnorLog 423 4 6 2 Machine Check 660 Enors Most machine check 660 errors are system specific inside the system but outside the CPU chip fatal errors Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Enor achine Check 660 Two errors occurred in quick succession El_STAT lt 35 gt first error latched in registers second error lost El_STAT lt 33 gt TLEPMERR lt 1 0 gt else ADG to MMG parity error CPU high EV5 external interface C A parity error TLBER lt 31 25 16 9 0 gt lt gt 0 Select one T lt 1 gt TLBER lt 10 gt CPU high
29. expander variants 15 5 FRUs accessible from front 14 2 FRUs accessible from rear 14 4 main 14 2 14 4 15 2 main variants 15 3 side panel removal and replacement 16 6 top panel removal and replacement 16 4 Index 1 Cable cover 8400 cabinet 16 2 Cable removal and replacement battery PIU 24 4 Cables 8200 cabinet 7 14 Cables 8400 cabinet 14 20 Cabling 8200 troubleshooting 2 14 Card cage XMI or Futurebus PIU 21 4 CCL module 8200 1 17 CCL module 8400 1 15 14 5 17 10 troubleshooting 2 24 CD ROM drive 8400 14 3 17 4 Charger board 10 6 Clock card LED 2 31 Clock module 8200 1 17 11 2 Clock module 8400 1 15 14 3 removal and replacement 19 2 Configuration rules 8200 expander cabinet 8 5 PCI shelves 8 13 PCI EISA options 8 15 storage drawer 8 9 StorageWorks shelves 8 13 8 17 TLSB card cage 8 9 Configuration rules 8400 15 1 battery cabinet 15 6 battery plug in unit 15 32 DSSI disk plug in unit 15 30 expander cabinet 15 4 Futurebus plug in unit 15 26 I O interface 15 16 main cabinet 15 2 PCI 15 22 PCI plug in unit 15 20 PCI EISA options 15 23 plug in units 15 18 SCSI storage plug in unit 15 28 single phase power system 15 8 three phase power system 15 10 TLSB card cage 15 12 XMI plug in unit 15 24 Console CD ROM 6 2 Console commands A 1 Index 2 Control panel 8200 9 3 Control panel 8400 14 3 17 2 Cooling subsystem 8200 troubleshooting 2 16 Cooling
30. from the stops To do this push both handles toward the module end plate and away from the stops 3 Hold the module assembly by the end plate Align the module with the card guide and the cover with the rail see Figure 5 1 4 Slide the module assembly into the card cage as far as it will easily go 5 When the module stops check that the projections on the top and bottom of the end plate are aligned with the slots in the card cage see in Figure 5 1 If they are not remove the module and realign it 6 Push the handles to the module end plate You will feel the module make contact with the connectors at the centerplane Release the handles so they spring back into the stops Verification Check that terminator modules are installed in all unused slots Power up the system and check that the self test display is correct Enter the show configuration command If you replaced a memory module enter the show simm command TLSB Modules 5 13 5 5 SIMM Removal and Replacement Remove both covers from the memory module Remove the standoff at the end of the row with the failing SIMM Remove all SIMMs in the row up to and including the failing SIMM Release the latches on both ends of the SIMM by gently inserting a small Phillips screwdriver Figure 5 2 Removing a SIMM BX 0745 94 5 14 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules Removal 1 Remove the appropriate memory module from
31. or CSR read BX 01921 95 4 60 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting 4 6 5 Adapter Parse Trees T O bus adapters have their own error registers and corresponding parse trees Figure 4 5 KFIxA Enor Parse Tree KFTXA IPL17 TLBER lt 4 gt KFTXA high No Acknowledge error TLBER lt 7 gt Memory mapping register error ICCNSE 28 26 02 ICCNSE lt 28 gt ICC CSR bus parity error ICCNSE lt 26 gt Error on up TurboVortex KFTXA high B Hose 2 or 3 Error on up TurboVortex A Hose 0 or 1 P Error on down TurboVortex B Hose 2 or 3 a Error on down TurboVortex A Hose 0 or 1 Interrupt FIFO stack ICCNSE lt 22 gt overflow Cause is Multiple Interrupt Error probably something that is not allowing CPU to handle interrupts URE n Up HDP B internal error hose 2or3 BX 0193A 95 DECeventEnorLog 461 Figure 4 5 KFIxA Enor Parse Tree Continued KFTXA high ICCNSE lt 20 gt Up HDP A internal error Hose 0 or 1 ICCNSE lt 19 16 gt KFTXA high Up Hose parity Hose adapter med error Hose low ICCNSE lt 15 12 gt KFTXA high Up Hose packet Hose adapter med error Hose low ICCNSE lt 11 8 gt KFTXA high Up Hose overflow E Hose adapter med Hose low ICCNSE lt 7 4 gt KFTxA high Unexpected mail Hose adapter med box status return Hose low packet received End of the line BX 0193B 95 4 62 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figur
32. then pull the tray out and tilt it down to gain access to the rear batteries Figure 24 3 Battery Hold Down Brackets BX 0742 94 24 6 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Remove the fuse from the battery block in which you are working see Section 24 1 2 To remove the batteries in block A remove the battery hold down bracket from the top pair of batteries see in Figure 24 3 Disconnect the cables and remove the batteries Repeat for the bottom pair of batteries 3 To remove the batteries in block B or C remove the battery hold down bracket from the pair of batteries closer to you see in Figure 24 3 Disconnect the cables and remove the batteries Then pull the tray out and tilt it down until it locks in place Remove the rear hold down bracket see in Figure 24 4 disconnect the cables and remove the batteries Figure 24 4 Rear Batteries Blocks B and C BX 0743 94 Continued on next page Battery Plug In Unit 24 7 Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure REPLACEMENT OF BATTERIES When batteries are replaced use only batteries that are compatible with the product s electrical requirements and recharging circuitry if applicable Consult your local Digital Service Center for information and proper servicing BATTERY DISPOSAL Recycle or dispose of batteries contained in this product properly in accordance with local regu
33. x00004000 Translated Base Address x00000000 Window Size 256 MB Scatter Gather Enable Window Enable Window Base Address x0000F000 Translated Base Address x00000000 Interrupt Vector x00000967 Interrupt Vector x00000D70 Interrupt Vector x00000D80 Interrupt Vector x00000D90 Interrupt Vector x00000DA0 Interrupt Vector x00000DB0 Interrupt Vector x00000DC0 Interrupt Vector x00000DD0 Interrupt Vector x00000DE0 Interrupt Vector x00000DF0 Interrupt Vector x00000E00 Interrupt Vector x00000E10 Interrupt Vector x00000E20 Interrupt Vector x00000E30 Interrupt Vector x00000E40 Interrupt Vector x00000E50 Interrupt Vector x00000E60 DECevent ErorLog 421 Node Qty ae CONFIG Address x0000000000000018 Device Name x00021011 DECchip 21040 A Vendor ID x1011 Device ID x0002 Command x0007 Status x0280 Fast Back to Back Capable DEVSEL Medium Revision ID x23 Class Code x020000 Cache Line S x00 Latency T xFF Header Type x00 Bist x00 Base Address Register 1 x00180001 Base Address Register 2 x01000000 Base Address Register 3 x00000000 Base Address Register 4 x00000000 Base Address Register 5 x00000000 Base Address Register 6 x00000000 Expansion Rom Base Addres x00000000 Interrupt Pl XES Interrupt P2 x01 Min Gnt x00 Max Lat x00 4 22 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting 4 6 Parse Trees Use the contents of the registers shown in the error log to follow the branches of the parse tree until you find a match
34. 0 0 0 9 8 id 1989 k 200 2 0 9 8 id 1be5 in READ ONLY mode k 200 2 0 9 8 id be5 k 300 3 0 9 8 id 1e45 in READ ONLY mode k 300 3 0 9 8 id 1e45 ub18 0 0 11 8 id 209f in READ ONLY mode ub18 0 0 11 8 id 209f kf0 0 0 9 8 id 2328 in READ ONLY mode k 0 0 0 9 8 id 2328 kf200 2 0 9 8 id 2582 in READ ONLY mode k 200 2 0 9 8 id 2582 k 300 3 0 9 8 id 27e2 in READ ONLY mode k 300 3 0 9 8 id 27e2 ewb0 0 0 5 0 id 377 ewa0 0 0 12 0 id 38b ewc0 0 0 2 4 id 39f ewd0 0 0 6 4 id 3b3 exa0 0 0 3 8 id 3c7 slot 3 bus 0 hose 8 slot 9 bus 0 hose 8 slot 2 bus 0 hose 4 slot 6 bus 0 hose 4 slot 12 bus 0 hose 0 slot 5 bus 0 hose 0 Console Display and Diagnostics 3 13 3 2 2 Sample Test Command for PCI Using the test command for a PCI shelf exercises the devices connected to the shelf Example 3 7 Sample Test Command for PCI P08 gt gt gt test pci t 200 Console is in diagnostic mode PCI subsystem test selected for runtime of 200 seconds Type Ctrl C to stop testing Configuring tulipo ewa0 0 0 12 3 08 00 2B E2 8C 4D Shutting down units on tulip0O slot 12 bus 0 hose 3 Configuring tulipl ewb0 0 0 2 4 08 00 2B E2 B8 44 Shutting down units on tulipl slot 2 bus 0 hose 4 Configuring tulip2 ewc0 0 0 6 4 08 00 2B E2 B8 45 Shutting down units on tulip2 slot 6 bus 0 hose 4 Starting network exerciser on ewa0 0 0 12 3 id 645 in internal loop
35. 0 3 8 08 00 2B 2A 76 44 hutting down units on demnaO slot 3 bus 0 hose 8 Starting network exerciser on ewb0 0 0 5 0 id 377 in internal loopback mode Starting network exerciser on ewa0 0 0 12 0 id 38b in internal loopback mode Starting network exerciser on ewc0 0 0 2 4 id 39f in internal loopback mode Starting network exerciser on ewd0 0 0 6 4 id 3b3 in internal loopback mode Starting network exerciser on exa0 0 0 3 8 id 3c7 in internal loopback mode 3 12 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Starting Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sta Sto Sto Sto Sto Sto Sto Sto pping ting ping ting ping ting ping ting ping ting ping ting ping ting ping ting ping ping ting ping ting ping ting ping ting ping ting ping ping ping ping ping i p ia p r p iG p p x p r p p rting p ia p r p iG p p xr p p p p p pping p ping Shutting Shutting Shutting Shutting Shutting Shutting Shutting PO0O0 gt gt gt device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exe
36. 14 12 power regulator 21 2 switches and LEDs 2 28 troubleshooting 2 28 H H7237 AA 14 3 14 5 14 7 H7238 AA 14 3 14 7 H7263 power regulator 15 11 18 6 H7264 power regulator 15 9 18 2 H9A10 EA cabinet 8 3 H9FO0 cabinet 15 3 15 4 Hose See I O cable l I O cable 5 18 T O interface 8200 cables 8 11 configuration rules 8 11 I O interface 8400 15 16 T O module troubleshooting XMI and Futurebus 2 30 I O module 8200 placement rules 8 9 I O port module 8400 14 4 14 5 15 13 15 17 configuration examples 15 15 placement rules 15 12 15 14 Info command 3 18 K KFTHA module description 1 10 removal and replacement 5 18 KFTHA module 8400 14 4 14 5 15 13 15 17 configuration examples 15 15 placement rules 15 12 15 14 KFTIA module description 1 12 FDDI daughter card 1 13 2 5 3 5 3 9 5 22 NVRAM battery 5 26 NVRAM daughter card 1 13 2 5 3 5 3 9 5 24 removal and replacement 5 20 KFTIA module 8400 14 4 14 5 15 13 15 17 configuration examples 15 15 placement rules 15 12 15 14 KN7CC module 1 6 7 3 14 3 15 13 L LEDs 8200 temperature 2 16 CCL 8400 2 24 DSSI disk 2 32 DWLLA adapter 2 31 DWLMA adapter 2 30 DWLPA 2 6 H7263 power regulator 2 22 H7264 power regulator 2 20 Index 3 T O bus 2 29 PCI shelf 2 6 StorageWorks SCSI devices 2 8 TLSB modules 2 4 LFU 6 1 booting 6 2 display command 6 12 exit command 6 10 list command 6 4 modify c
37. 2 1 NODE A M M P 4 M P P TYP O STL EB BPD O s ST2 EB BPD ST3 EB BPD Be P 3 3 P oh CO XMI Cl C2 7 7 7 r Co PCE 3 F EISA lt 3 Bl BO 4 Ad 4 4 ILV 128 128 e256 512MB AlphaServer 8400 Console v1 00 SROM V1 0 Apr 1 1995 16 17 26 P02 gt gt gt boot dka500 f1 0 a0 LFU boots UPD gt update kn7cc Confirm update on kn7cc ab0 Y N y 5 8 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules In this example the primary processor is in slot 0 and a secondary processor is being replaced in slot 1 1 If you are replacing a secondary processor remove the module from the system See Section 5 4 Power up the system and make note of the version of console firmware in the processor modules See in Example 5 3 Power down the system and remove all processor modules See Section 5 4 Insert the new processor module See Section 5 4 Power up the system and determine the version of console firmware in the replacement module If it is different from the other modules boot LFU and update the firmware using the update command See 9 Continued on next page TLSB Modules 5 9 Example 5 3 Adding or Replacing a Secondary Processor Continued WARNING updates may take several minutes to complete for each device DO NOT ABORT kn7cc ab0 Updating to 1 0 66 Verifying 1 0 66 PASSED UPD gt exit Initializing self
38. 2 7 2 1 4 Troubleshooting StorageWorksShelves StorageWorks devices are mounted in shelves that are mounted horizontally in the 8200 system or expander cabinet In the 8400 a different StorageWorks shelf is mounted vertically in a PIU StorageWorks devices can also be mounted in separate StorageWorks cabinets Figure 2 8 Troubleshooting StorageWorks Devices and Shelves Froma FWD SCSI Adapter BX 0733C 95 2 8 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting There are many StorageWorks devices that can be connected to AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 systems Here the discussion is limited to troubleshooting devices and shelves that are mounted in a StorageWorks shelf in a SCSI PIU in an AlphaServer system cabinet or expander cabinet Table 2 3 SCSI Power Supply LEDs Indic ator LED LED State Meaning Left Top Green LED Off Shelf fault On Shelf OK Right Bottom Green Off LED Power fault On Power OK Table 2 4 SCSI Device LEDs Indicator LED LED State Meaning Left Top Green LED Blinking Data is being transferred to the device Off No data transfer to the device is taking place Right Bottom Yellow Blinking Data is being transferred from the LED device Off No data transfer from the device is taking place Table 2 5 Troubleshooting the DWZZA VA Indicator LED Meaning None If the power supply LEDs are lit but the device LEDs are not lit check to see th
39. 3 AlphaServer 8200 About Shelves Shelves house options in the main and expander cabinets The options are PCITO devices StorageWorks disk drives Shelf space is located in the lower half of the main cabinet and in both halves of the expander cabinet Two StorageWorks shelves can occupy one shelf space one shelf is installed from the front of the cabinet the other shelf is installed from the rear of the cabinet One PCI shelf occupies one shelf space Configuration rules for each of these options are discussed in the following sections Configuration Rules 8 13 8 6 1 PCI Shelf The PCI shelf houses a PCI card cage and power regulator The PCI shelf is in the bottom half of the main cabinet or expander cabinet Each shelf may contain PCI options only or PCI and EISA options Only one PCI EISA shelf is allowed in a system Figure 5 9 shows the PCI EISA slot configuration rules Figure 8 9 PCI Shelf and Slot Assignments 11 10 9876543210 Standard I O module i EISA option only Connector module EISA option only PCI or EISA option PCI or EISA option PCI option only PCI or EISA option PCI or EISA option PCI or EISA option PCI option only PCI or EISA option bx0645 94 8 14 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 About the PCI Shelf e The maximum number of PCI shelves
40. 54 21706 01 CCL in main filter in cabinet expander cabinet 17 03511 03 Signal 54 21706 01 CCL in filter in expander expander cabinet cabinet 17 03530 01 Signal LDC Bulkhead 17 03566 10 Signal Removable KFE70 AA media RX26 bulkhead Field Replaceable Units 14 21 Table 14 1 Cables Continued To Cable Description Fom 17 03566 19 Signal Removable KFTIA media 17 03590 01 Ribbon cable Single phase Interconnect regulator card 17 03591 01 Clustered cables Single phase AC input box regulator 17 04178 02 Power RX26 bulkhead KFE70 AA BN21H 02 Signal 2 m 6 5 ft KFTIA Rear BA350 BN21H 0H Signal 75 m 2 5 ft KFTIA RRDCD CA BN21H 03 Signal 3 m 9 8 ft KFTIA Front BA350 or rear BA350 expander BN21H 03 Signal 3 m 9 8 ft DWLPA Front BA350 AA AB BN21H 01 Signal 1 m 3 3 ft DWLPA Adjacent AA AB BA350 BN21K 02 Signal 2 m 6 5 ft KFTIA DWZZA in rear BA350 BN21K 03 Signal 3 m 9 8 ft KFTIA DWZZA in front BA350 or in rear BA350 expander 14 22 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Chapter 15 Configuration Rules This chapter provides configuration information for the following system components e Main Cabinet e Expander Cabinet e Battery Cabinet e Single Phase Power System e Three Phase Power System e TLSB Card Cage e I O Interface e Plug In Units PCI Plug In Unit XMI Plug In Unit Futurebus Plug In Unit SCSI Storage Plug In Unit DSSI Disk Plug In Unit Batte
41. 6 VT BIS 10 D LS mm 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 aa 0 Normal AC operation 1 UPS mode 2 Breaker open L Checksum J 3 No AC voltage Power Supply State PSS 4 Keyswitch off 5 Nonfatal fault Test Status TS 6 Fatal fault Battery Pack State BPS 0 Battery pack not installed 0 Battery pack not installed E Battery pack failure W Battery pack not ready B UPS inhibit only if test requested C Charger inhibit z A Test aborted Z Battery at end of life i T Test in progress L Battery discharged F Fail Discharging P Pass Charging a X Charge mode longer than 24 hours F Fully charged eae P i i n o ely Fault red zone Heatsink Status HSS S Ww Waring yellow zone Battery Configuration 0 Normal operation green zone F 4 batteries E 8 batteries BXB 0275 92 Table 3 1 lists the meaning of each value in the following example of a full history data packet Figure 3 11 Sample Full History Data Packet A L 21 21 0665 0513 0795 092110750 0754 0597 0696 0007 o8slooo Fo P O B5 BX 0191 95 3 28 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Table 3 12 Explanation of Sample Full History Data Packet Character Value Information 1 A Data packet from power regulator A 2 L 30 33796 01 3 4 21 Secondary master firmware revision 2 1 5 6 21 Secondary slave firmware revision 2 1 7 10 0665 Peak AC line voltage 149 volts 11 14 0513
42. 7 7 Cables Table 7 1 lists the cables in the AlphaServer 8200 cabinet Table 7 1 Cables To Cable From 17 03122 01 TLSB P2 TLSB P1 17 03511 01 CCL Expander cabinet 17 04018 01 Power regulator PCI options storage options and CCL 17 04036 01 Power regulator PSU bulkhead 17 04044 02 PCI power jumper front PCI power jumper rear 17 04045 01 Power regulator CCL 17 04046 01 Control panel CCL 17 04048 01 CCL TLSB card cage and PSU bulkhead 17 04049 01 BA656 storage drawer PSU internal bulkhead 17 04050 01 CCL Blower 17 0405 1 01 CCL PSU internal bulkhead 17 04054 01 TLSB card cage PSU internal bulkhead 17 04100 01 RX26 drive KFE70 internal bulkhead 17 04101 01 RX26 drive KFE70 internal bulkhead 17 04102 01 PCI option KFE70 option 17 04103 01 CCL PSU internal bulkhead 17 04178 01 PCI option KFE70 option 7 14 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Chapter8 Configuration Rules This chapter provides configuration information for the following system components e Main Cabinet e Expander Cabinet e Power System e TLSB Card Cage and Storage Drawer e I O Interface e Shelves PCI Shelf StorageWorks Shelf Configuration Rules 8 1 8 1 Main Cabinet Figure 8 1 shows the components of the main cabinet Figure 8 1 Main Cabinet Rear
43. 8400 Running Diagnostics the Test Command Testing an Entire System Sample Test Command for PCI Identifying a Failing SIMM Info Command Show Power Display 8400 Three Phase Power Regulator Info Packets on Power Regulator Status 8400 Three Phase Power NOTE More information on the console commands can be found in the AlphaServer 8200 8400 Operations Manual Console Display and Diagnostics 3 1 3 1 Checking Self Test Results Console Display 3 1 1 8200 Self Test The console display for an AlphaServer 8200 self test gives information for the TLSB modules and the PCI buses in the system Example 3 1 8200 System Self Test Console Display F E D C B A 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 nove 0 P trp O ST1 EB CBD 4 0 ST2 5 EB BPD QO ST3 Q EBH oa de as h BPD 8 Boe eH HR UR 4 CO PCO Cl PCI te ad od EISA AlphaServer 8200 Console V1 0 SROM V1 0 Apr 2 1995 08 06 35 PO08 gt gt gt The first line lists the node numbers on the TLSB and other I O buses This line indicates the type of module at each TLSB node Processors are type P memories are type M and the KFTHA and KFTIA adapter modules are type A In this example one dual processor module is at node 4 a memory is at node 7 and a KFTIA module is at node 8 This line shows the results of individual processor and memory module tests Possible values are pass or fail The o at node 8 I O module indicates adap
44. 8400 15 13 placement rules 15 12 Test command 3 10 TLSB card cage 8200 configuration rules 8 9 line filter 11 6 terminator module 11 4 TLSB card cage 8400 14 3 14 4 configuration rules 15 12 15 13 Index 6 removal and replacement 19 4 TLSB modules 5 1 adding new processor 5 8 KFTHA removal and replacement 5 18 KFTIA removal and replacement 5 20 removal and replacement 5 12 replacement of boot processor 5 4 replacement of only processor 5 2 replacement of secondary processor 5 8 TLSB system bus description 1 4 Top panel 8400 cabinet 16 4 U Update command LFU 6 6 V Verify command LFU 6 12 X XMI plug in unit 8400 14 3 14 5 21 1 air filter 21 6 configuration rules 15 24 enclosure and card cage 21 4 FRUs 14 10 power regulator 21 2 switches and LEDs 2 28 troubleshooting 2 28 Y Y cable SCSI 7 3 14 5
45. DC bulk voltage 227 volts 15 18 0795 48 VDC bus voltage 46 6 volts 19 22 0921 48 VDC bus current 45 0 amps 23 26 0750 48V battery pack voltage 51 3 volts 27 30 0754 24V battery pack voltage 25 8 volts 31 34 0597 Battery pack discharge current 2 92 amps 35 38 0696 Ambient temperature 34 0 degrees Celsius 39 42 0007 Elapsed run time 70 hours 43 44 08 Remaining battery capacity 8 minutes 45 46 000 Battery cutoff 0 cycles 47 48 F Configured for four batteries 49 Heatsink temperature within range 50 Battery pack charging 51 Last battery pack test completed successfully 52 Normal operation 53 54 B5 Checksum value Console Display and Diagnostics 3 29 Chapter 4 DEC event Enor Log This chapter discusses error logs produced by the DECevent bit to text translator Sections include Brief Description of the TLSB Bus Producing an Error Log with DECevent Getting a Summary Error Log Supported Event Types Sample Error Log Entries Parse Trees DECeventEnorlLog 41 4 1 Brief Description of the TLSB Bus The error log entries discussed here are specific to AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 systems Most of the errors occur during the transmission of commands or data along the TLSB system bus or in buses or storage internal to a particular module To understand some of the terms used in the error log you should understand how data is transferred on the TLSB system bus The System Technical Manual gives this
46. EK T8430 IN Service Information Kit QZ 00RAC GC Service Manual hard copy EK T8030 SV Service Manual diskette AK QKNFA CA xvii Table 1 AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 Doc umentation Continued Title Order Number Reference Manuals System Technical Manual EK T8030 TM DWLPA PCI Adapter Technical Manual Upgrade Manuals for Both Systems KN7CC CPU Module Installation Card MS7CC Memory Installation Card KFTHA System I O Module Installation Guide KFTIA Integrated I O Module Installation Guide Upgrade Manuals 8400 System Only AlphaServer 8400 Upgrade Manual BA654 DSSI Disk PIU Installation Guide BA655 SCSI Disk and Tape PIU Installation Guide DWLAA Futurebus PIU Installation Guide DWLMA XMI PIU Installation Guide DWLPA PCI PIU Installation Guide H7237 Battery PIU Installation Guide H7263 Power Regulator Installation Card H9F00 Power Upgrade Manual KFMSB Adapter Installation Guide KZMSA Adapter Installation Guide RRDCD Installation Guide Upgrade Manuals 8200 System Only DWLPA PCI Shelf Installation Guide H7266 Power Regulator Installation Card H7267 Battery Backup Installation Card EK DWLPA TM EK KN7CC IN EK MS7CC IN EK KFTHA IN EK KFTIA IN EK T8430 UI EK BA654 IN EK BA655 IN EK DWLAA IN EK DWLMA IN EK DWL84 IN EK H7237 IN EK H7263 IN EK H8463 UI EK KFMSB IN EK KXMSX IN EK RRDRX IN EK DWL82 IN EK H7266 IN EK H7267 IN xviii Table 2 Related Documents Tite Order Nu
47. Front FRU Locations ccssceeeeeeeeeteees 7 2 AlphaServer 8200 Cabinet Rear FRU Locations ssssesseseeesseesseeseees esee 7 4 Processor System Unit FRU Locations ssseeeeeeseereseeereereerrrerrresereerre 7 6 PCI Shelf FRU Locations 20 0 0 cccccccssssssccceeeeeecccceeceseessesssnsssseeeeeees 7 8 StorageWorks Shelf FRU Locations 00 0 ceeeeececseeseseceeeseceseeeeaeeeneenaes 7 10 Power Regulator FRU Locations 20 0 cee eseeseesceeeseceseeeneeeeseceseeeeseeesae 7 12 Mam Cabinets 28s 2 os bacs 2a sh aa de coders teeh eed A Seca de ov fase Sows 8 2 Expatider Cabinet ern reina A Ausndesddpevdish aE ATEREA 8 4 System with Two Expander Cabinets Front View ceseseeseeeeeeeee 8 5 Power SYStEMisiiasccsesisscssdsssscosesuss tsa svtaaesootesbasoengaiasoeiedasdenadaavsoasesanscaaraibee 8 6 POWer Strip iiss tebe eoep hie esata axesiote ie sieve nia lei ae 8 7 TLSB Card Card Cage and Storage Drawet ceceeeeeseeseeeeereeseeeeseeeeeee 8 8 T OsTMterPa Ce 2554 3 ek Aiea dock ce sce eee Sheena ook Le 8 10 Location of Shelf Space s cccissisicestenietes aaa ai auia 8 12 PCI Shelf and Slot Assignments 0 0 0 cc ceseescecececeseesseeeeseeeseeeeeeeesaeenaee 8 14 Storage Works Shelf cnet cise others AlAs Ear EEEE Ee E i 8 16 ContFol Panel AE E EE E E eek cE leech E NS 9 2 9 2 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 11 1 11 2 11 3 11 4 11 5 11 6 12 1 12 2 13 1 13 2 13 3 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 5 14 6 14 7 1
48. Main or Main or expander expander cabinet cabinet Z z BX 0713A 95 Configuration Rules 15 29 15 8 5 DSSI Disk Plug In Unit The DSSI disk PIU contains one to three bricks each brick contains two 5 25 inch disk drives This PIU is located in the bottom of the main cabinet or in the top or bottom of the expander cabinet Figure 15 17 DSSI Disk Plug In Unit BX 0717 94 15 30 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the DSSI Disk Plug In Unit The maximum number of DSSI disk PIUs is three in the main cabinet and six in an expander cabinet Each DSSI disk PIU contains a minimum of one and a maximum of three bricks each brick contains two 5 25 inch disk drives DSSI Disk PIU Configuration Rules The DSSI disk PIU can use any quadrant see Figure 15 10 In the system cabinet or in the bottom of the expander cabinet bricks are installed starting closest to the blower and working down In the top of the expander cabinet bricks are installed starting closest to the blower and working up The arrow on the rear panel of the PIU enclosure must point toward the blower That is the arrow must point up if the PIU is in Q1 through Q4 it must point down if the PIU is in Q5 or Q6 Configuration Rules 15 31 15 8 6 Battery Plug In Unit The battery PIU contains one to three battery blocks each block contains four batteries The battery PIU is located in the bottom of the main cabinet or expander ca
49. Numbering Scheme for KFIA and KFTHA Centerplane 5 4 TLSB node BX 0164 94 Console Display and Diagnostics 3 5 3 1 3 8400 Self Test An AlphaServer 8400 console display gives the results of system self test It also shows the location of modules in the various buses which can include XMI Futurebus and PCI EISA buses memory interleaving and hardware and firmware revision numbers Example 3 3 8400 System Self Test Console Display FE D cc B A 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 Nope 0 M P P TYP s ST1 EB BPD O O EE EB BPD ST3 EE EB BPD 8 O ST2 O 7 e E R c E a ca E a E S s ti 5 5 r 3 i z 5 3 3 3 3 z co FBus O P A Cl XMI C2 c3 c4 rcr c5 ns 6 6 P fa A1 AO P p i s LLV 2 256 2006 4 4 f 512MB AlphaServer 8400 Console V1 0 SROM V1 0 Apr 2 1995 08 06 35 P00 gt gt gt The first line lists the node numbers on the TLSB and other I O buses This line indicates the type of module at each TLSB node Processors are type P memories are type M and the KFTHA and KFTIA adapter modules are type A In this example two dual processor modules are at nodes 0 and 1 a single processor module is at node 2 memories are at nodes 5 and 6 and the KFTHA and KFTIA modules are at nodes 7 and 8 3 6 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting This line shows the results of individual processor and memory module tests Po
50. P00 gt gt gt set bootdef_dev dual 0 0 11 0 P00 gt gt gt init 6 Initializing self test display appears P00 gt gt gt set eeprom field O LARS gt 01234567 Message gt P00 gt gt gt boot 5 2 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules List the system s environment variables to determine if any have been customized see in Example 5 1 You will set these in step 7 Power down the system and remove and replace the module See Section 5 4 Power up the system Boot LFU and issue the update command to ensure that the module has the latest version of console firmware see Exit LFU see Build the EEPROM see The format of data often changes between versions of console firmware This command reformats the data Initialize the system see Q Set any customized environment variables with the set lt envar gt command See Appendix A Enter into the EEPROM the 8 digit LARS number and a short message 68 characters maximum stating the date and reason for service see Boot the operating system TLSB Modules 5 3 5 2 How to Replace the Boot Processor Check the console firmware version in the existing and replacement modules and if they differ use the LFU update command to bring the replacement module to the current version Build the EEPROM on the replacement module Example 5 2 Replacing the Boot Processor F E D Cc B A 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NODE P TYP o 7 E STL EB
51. PALTEMP2 XFFFFFC0O000456780 PALTEMP3 x0000000000005890 PALTEMP 4 x0000000000000000 PALTEMP5 x0000000000002000 PALTEMP6 x0000000000000000 PALTEMP7 XFFFFFC0000456210 PALTEMP8 X1F1E161514020100 PALTEMP 9 xFFFFFC0000456500 PALTEMP10 xFFFFFC0000457FF4 PALTEMP11 xFFFFFC0000456360 PALTEMP12 xFFFFFC00004566F0 PALTEMP13 XFFFFFFFOOFFFFFFFE PALTEMP14 x0000000000000000 PALTEMP15 x0000000000000004 PALTEMP16 x0000020306600109 PALTEMP17 x000000006B10216F PALTEMP18 x000000011FFFF840 PALTEMP19 xFFFFFFFFB50DEC40 PALTEMP20 x0000000019608000 PALTEMP21 xFFFFFC0000456720 PALTEMP22 xFFFFFC00006C30A0 PALTEMP23 x000000000723DA58 EXC_ADDR xFFFFFC0000457FF4 Native mode instruction Exception PC x3FFFFF0000115FFD EXC_SUM x0000000000000000 EXC_MSK x0000000000000000 DECeventEnorLog 49 PAL_BASE x0000000000018000 Base address for palcode x0000000000000006 ISR x0000000080000000 Ext HW intr Sys Mchk IPL31 AST requests 3 0 x0000000000000000 ICSR x0000004160000000 Timeout Bit Not Set PAL Shadow Registers Enabled Correctable Err Intrpts Enabled MBOX packet selected ICACHE BIST Successful IC PERR STAT x0000000000000000 DC PERR STAT x0000000000000000 Virtual Address x0000000140568000 MM STAT x00000000000078D1 Ref which caused err was a write Ref resulted in DTB miss Ra Field x0000000000000003 Opcode Field x000000000000000F SC ADDR xFFFFFF000001D06F SC STAT x0000000000000000 BC TAG ADDRESS XFFFFFF80148DCFFF External cache hit Parity for ds
52. Replacement e Power Supply Removal and Replacement StorageWorks Shelves 13 1 13 1 StorageWorks Shelf Removal and Replacement The StorageWorks shelf is secured to the cabinet vertical rails by four Phillips screws Figure 13 1 StorageWorks Shelf Front Rear O gt O gt BX 0639 94 13 2 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Open the front door 2 Push the control panel On Off button to Off 3 Disconnect the power cable See 4 Remove the four Phillips screws that secure the shelf to the vertical rails See O 5 Slide the shelf out of the cabinet Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure StorageWorks Shelves 13 3 13 2 Disk Removal and Replacement Press both mounting tabs in and slide the disk drive out of the shelf Use both hands to fully support the weight of the drive Figure 13 2 StorageWorks Disk CE EE E C Front Rear BX 0637 94 13 4 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Open the front door 2 Push the control panel On Off button to Off 3 Press in both m
53. Storage drawer CD ROM drive StorageWorks disks StorageWorks power supply Control panel Floppy drive 5 slot TLSB backplane assembly CCL module Terminator module Clock module Blower Field Replaceable Units 7 7 7 4 FRUs in the PCI Shelf Figure 7 4 shows the field replaceable units FRUs in the DWLPA PCI shelf For information on finding a list of PCI options see Appendix B Figure 7 4 PCI Shelf FRU Locations BX 0649 95 7 8 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 1 54 23468 01 DWLPA motherboard 2 54 23470 01 Power board 12 23609 19 Fan 2 Field Replaceable Units 7 9 7 5 FRUs in the StorageWorks Shelf Figure 7 5 shows the field replaceable units FRUs in the StorageWorks shelf For information on finding a list of StorageWorks options see Appendix B Figure 7 5 StorageWorks Shelf FRU Loc ations A J 7 N Pa 7 x CE BX 0640 94 7 10 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 1 BA35X HB Power supply 2 StorageWorks disks see Appendix B for information on finding part numbers DWZZA VA Controller Field Replaceable Units 7 11 7 6 FRUs in the Power Regulator Figure 7 6 shows the field replaceable units FRUs in the power regulator Figure 7 6 Power Regulator FRU Loc ations BX 0652 95 7 12 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 1 30 42756 01 Charger board 2 30 42856 01 Battery pack 2 Field Replaceable Units 7 13
54. and TLSB_DIRTY signals described above PALcode collects error information from module control and status registers and formats it into a logout frame that is passed to the operating system which uses the information to determine the action to take on the error Some errors are fatal they can cause the entire system or a specific process to fail Other errors can be corrected and do not halt processing The operating system writes the error information as an entry in a binary file that can then be used by the DECevent bit to text translator to produce an error log DECeventEnorLog 43 4 2 Producing an Error Log with DEC event The DECevent utility is available for both Digital UNIX and OpenVMS operating systems to help diagnose what are called intermittent errors These errors may or may not cause the operating system to crash Example 4 1 Producing an Error Log with DECevent diagnose output errlog dat DECevent Version T1 1 In this example the error log information is directed to a file called errlog dat If the output qualifier is not used the error log information is displayed on the screen of the console terminal 4 4 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting 4 3 Getting a Summary Error Log Running DECevent with the summary qualifier is a good way to start analyzing the error log It gives you a table of contents for the error log Example 4 2 Summary Error Log diagnose summary SUMMARY OF ALL ENTRIES L
55. and v bits Cache block dirty Cache block shared Cache block valid Tag address is xO0000000000006E7F LD LOCK xFFFFFF000070003F EI ADDRESS XFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF FILL SYNDROME x000000000000F2DD EI STAT xFFFFFFFOOFFFFFFF 2 Error occurred during D ref fill WHAMI x01 TLSB NODE ID 0 CPUL MISCR x55 B Cache Size 4 Mbyte Bcache Two Processors TLSB RUN Signal CPUO Running console TLDEV x00008014 Device Type Turbo Laser Dual CPU 4meg Bcache Device Rev x00000000 TLBER x00800000 Data Syndrome 3 TLCNR x00000200 TLVID x00000010 TLESRO x00400303 CPUO is Data Source 4 10 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting TLESR1 TLESR2 TLESR3 TLEPAERR MODCONFIG TLEPMERR TLEPDERR TL INTR MASK 0 TL INTR MASK 1 TL INTR SUM 0 TL INTR SUM 1 TLEP VMG Palcode Revision x00400C0C CPUO is Data Source x00406060 CPUO is Data Source x00409090 CPUO is Data Source x00000020 x00098AD4 Lockout Enable Command Piping To EV5 Disabled Bcache Size 4 MB Bcache Idle Cycles Before 11 Max Command Queue Entries 2 Max Bus Queue Entries 4 x00000000 x00000000 x000001FF UART 0 Interrupt Enable IPL 14 Interrupt Enable IPL 15 Interrupt Enable IPL 16 Interrupt Enable IPL 17 Interrupt Enable Interprocessor Interrupt Enable Interval Timer Interrupt Enable CPU Halt Enable Control P Halt Enable x000000FE IPL 14 Interrupt Enable IPL 15 Interrupt Enable IPL 16 Interrupt Enable IPL 17 Interrupt Enable Interprocessor Interrupt Enable Interval Tim
56. because the internal temperature of the regulator is too high The regulator is malfunc tioning replace it 9 Turn off AC power wait 30 seconds retry If this LED is lit more than 48 VDC is being output from the regulator Turn off the AC power wait 30 seconds turn on the AC breaker and power system up again If you do this several times and the Overvoltage LED relights proceed to 4 E4 Disconnect the 48V lines leaving the regulator An Overvoltage condition could occur if there is a short in the lines leaving the regulator Turn off AC power and disconnect the cables from the leads at the DC side of the regulator then turn on the AC breaker If the Overvoltage LED lights the problem is the regulator Replace it Otherwise turn off the power and check the cabling for shorting BX 0181 95 Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 13 2 2 2 8200 Cabling If some component of the system is not working or its LEDs are not lit check the cabling to the device or component Figure 2 13 Checking Power Connections Rear View Front View SiN BX 0146B 94 a 2 14 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting ooo od Check to make sure that the main AC power cable is plugged into the AC power strip two regulators or the one regulator in the system Make sure that if battery backup is in use it is functioning Make sure that the 48 VDC cables are plugged into the
57. bottom of the expander cabinet Figure 15 15 SCSI Storage Plug In Unit BX 0716 95 15 28 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the SCSI Storage Plug In Unit The maximum number of SCSI storage PIUs is three in the main cabinet and six in an expander cabinet Each SCSI disk PIU contains two shelves Each shelf contains seven slots for disks and tapes in any combination Each 3 5 inch device uses one slot Each 5 25 inch device uses three slots See below for mounting restrictions SCSI Storage PIU Configuration Rules The SCSI disk PIU can use any quadrant see Figure 15 10 The arrow on the rear panel of the PIU enclosure must point toward the blower That is the arrow must point up if the PIU is in Q1 through Q4 it must point down if the PIU is in Q5 or Q6 Mounting restrictions for HSZ20 HSD05 HSD20 TZ85 TZ86 TZ87 TZKO9 TZK10 TZK11 and RRDCD If any of these devices are used in a SCSI storage PIU in Q1 or Q3 of either the main or expander cabinet or in Q5 of an expander cabinet they may be mounted only in the shaded locations in Figure 15 16 Placement of these devices in any other position in these PIU quadrants will prevent the cabinet front door from closing properly Figure 15 16 SCSI Mounting Restictions En Q5 Expander cabinet Qt Q3
58. com alpha server 8400 html How to Find Option Information B 1 Index A AC distribution box single phase 8400 1 14 14 5 18 4 AC input box single phase 8400 2 18 AC input box three phase 8400 1 14 2 18 14 5 18 8 AC input 8200 1 17 Air filter 8400 cabinet 16 4 Air filter XMI or Futurebus PIU 21 6 Attributes setting device 6 18 B BA654 See DSSI disk plug in unit BA655 See SCSI storage plug in unit Battery backup option 8200 battery packs 10 4 charger board 10 6 location 8 7 Battery cabinet 8400 14 6 Battery plug in unit 8400 14 3 14 5 24 1 battery 24 6 cable 24 4 configuration rules 15 32 FRUs 14 7 14 18 fuse 24 2 Battery removal and replacement battery PIU 24 6 Blower 8200 10 10 troubleshooting 2 17 Blower 8400 14 3 14 5 location 2 26 removal and replacement 18 12 troubleshooting 2 26 Boot processor designation on console map 3 7 Booting LFU 6 2 C Cabinet control logic module See CCL module Cabinet control system 8200 cabinet control logic module 9 4 control panel 9 3 Cabinet control system 8400 17 1 cabinet control logic module 17 10 CD ROM drive 17 4 control panel 17 2 floppy drive 17 6 local disk converter 17 8 Cabinet 8200 expander 8 4 main 8 2 Cabinet 8400 air filter removal and replacement 16 4 battery 14 6 15 6 cable cover removal and replacement 16 2 door removal and replacement 16 2 expander 14 2 14 4 15 4
59. device to which data is deposited Displays the contents of a memory location register or device space device name or address space of the device to access lt address gt a longword that specifies the first location to be examined Provides infomation on console commands Performs a reset A 2 Service Manual Table A 1 Summary of Console Commands Continued Command Description run lt program gt d lt device gt p lt n gt s lt parameter string gt runecu se t ee prom lt option gt se t lt envar gt value se t h ost lt device_adapter gt or se t h ost lt dup gt lt bus b gt node task se t p ower b lt value gt lt option gt se t see prom lt option gt lt device gt sh ow c onfiguration sh ow cpu Runs one of four ARC utility programs rcu RAID Configuration Utility swxerfw eepromcfg util_cli The arc_enable environment variable must be set lt program gt command option lt device gt console device containing the program default is dva0 lt n gt unit number of the PCI to configure lt parameter string gt optional parameters to pass to the utility must be enclosed in quotes Invokes the EISA Configuration Utility Sets the selected EEPROM option lt option gt field halt manufacturing serial or symptom Modifies an environment variable See Table A 2 for the values of envar and val
60. diag_tdd field halt manufacturing serial or symptom Displays the current state of the specified environment variable lt envar gt an environment variable name see Table A 2 Displays memory module information Displays the names and physical addresses of all known network devices in the system Gives the power status of an AlphaServer 8400 system with three phase power s current status default h history status value of each parameter at the last system shutdown option cabinet main right or left Displays selected SEEPROM information lt option gt diag_sdd diag_tdd symptom field manufacturing or serial lt device gt KFTHA or KFTIA Displays the location of any bad SIMMs or indicates that no SIMM errors were found Begins execution of an instruction at the address specified Does not initialize the system Halts a specified processor Does not control the running of diagnostics and does not apply to adapters or memories lt processor_number gt the logical CPU number displayed by the show cpu command A 4 Service Manual Table A 1 Summary of Console Commands Continued Command Description t est write nowrite list Tests the entire system default a subsystem or omit list t time q a specific device lt dev_arg gt write selects writes to media as well as reads applicable only to disk testing nowr
61. eeeeeceesseeeneeereeeeeeeneeeees 10 4 10 2 1 Battery Pack Removal and Replacement 00 0 0 cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 10 4 10 2 2 Charger Board Removal and Replacement 0 0 0 0 ce eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 10 6 10 3 Power Strip Removal and Replacement eeceeeceeeeeseceeeeeeeseeeneeeees 10 8 10 4 Blower Removal and Replacement cceesceesecsseesneeeneessneeseeeenees 10 10 Chapter11 Processor System Unit 11 1 Clock Module Removal and Replacement eeeeeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 11 2 11 2 Terminator Module Removal and Replacement sceesseeeeeeeeee 11 4 11 3 TLSB Card Cage Removal and Replacement 0 ce eeseeeeeesecereeeeeeeeeee 11 6 11 3 1 Prepare the Cabinet and Remove the Line Filter eee 11 6 11 3 2 Remove the TLSB Card Cage 0 eecceseeeseecsseceneeeeeeseseeeesaeeseeeesaes 11 8 11 4 Storage Drawer Removal and Replacement eeeceseeeeseeeneeeeeeeeee 11 10 Chapter12 PCI Shelves 12 1 PCI Shelf Removal and Replacement ceeseesesssceseecneessseesneesenees 12 2 12 2 Fan Removal and Replacement ccccceeesseceeeeceeeneeeeeeeneeesneeeeeseaeens 12 4 Chapter13 StorageWorks Shelves 13 1 StorageWorks Shelf Removal and Replacement cee ceeceeeeseeee tenes 13 2 13 2 Disk Removal and Replacement eesceseesseeceseeeseeceseeeneeeesaeeesaeesaes 13 4 13 3 Power Supply Removal and Replacement 0 0 0 0 ee eeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 6 vi Part4 AlphaServe
62. high CRDE on read dirty from Any TLSB node CPU1 DIGA TLSB interface error else CRDE on read of TLEP CSR DIGA error Read error from Should show up another CPU on another branch of 1 parse tree BX 0192E 95 4 56 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 4 Machine Check 620 Eror Continued Q LBER lt 17 gt TLBER lt 24 gt TLBER lt 23 20 gt Select TLESRy where y 3 if TLBER lt 23 gt is set 2 if TLBER lt 22 gt is set etc TLESRy lt 22 gt LESRy lt 17 gt Any TMEM TLBER lt 16 gt CPU high CSR memory write from CPUO Memory med DIGA TLSB interface error Any TMEM TLBER lt 17 gt CPU high CWDE on write or VIC write Memory med from CPUO DIGA TLSB interface error else CPU high R write to KF TxA or CPU Memory med DIGA TLSB interface error else Any TMEM TLBER lt 16 gt CPU high CSR memory write from CPUO EV5 DIGA error Any TMEM TLBER lt 17 gt CPU high CWDE on write or VIC write from EV5 DIGA error else CSR write to KFTxA or CPU EV5 DIGA error CPU high BX 0192F 95 0O DECeventEnorLog 457 Figure 4 4 Machine Check 620 Eror Continued TLESRy lt 23 gt TLESRy lt 17 gt CSR memory write from CPU1 _ Any TLSB node med DIGA TLSB interface error Any TMEM TLBER lt 17 gt CPU high CWDE on write or VIC write Any TLSB node med from CPU1 DIGA TLSB interface error else CPU high R write to KF TxA or CPU Any TLSB node med DIGA TLSB interface er
63. if regulator s respond If not and there is only one regulator turn the power off place the regulator in a different slot and power the system on to see if the regulator responds If not or if there is no room to try switching slots turn the breaker off replace the regulators whose LEDs do not light and turn the breaker back on If the breaker trips there is probably a short in the regulator Replace the regulator that tripped the breaker Yellow LED N amp S Fatal regulator fault replace regulator Power the system off and replace the regulator flash yellow off keyswitch Disable No Check CCL signal circuitry When the keyswitch is not on Disable but the green light is on fast flash and the yellow LED is off something is wrong with the signal circuitry controlled by the CCL A Check the cable from the DC distribution box to the CCL module Check power further B Check the cable from the control panel to down the line See the CCL module next section BX 0167 94 Nonfatal faults include e Internal heatsink temperature warning e Power factor correction stage failed e Regulator battery failed battery test see Chapter 3 e 48V to CCL module exceeds specified limits Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 23 2 4 4 Cabinet Contol Logic CCL Module LEDs on the cabinet control logic CCL module tell whether power is reaching the CCL module top LED yellow and the four PIU quadrants in the bott
64. information for each device e Current Revision The revision of the device s current firmware e Filename The name of the file that is recommended for updating that firmware e Update revision The revision of the firmware update Updating Firmware 6 5 6 3 Update The update command writes new firmware from the CD ROM to the module Then LFU automatically verifies the update by reading the new firmware image from the module into memory and comparing it with the CD ROM image Example 6 3 Update Command UPD gt update kn7cc ab0 1 Confirm update on 2 kn7cc ab0 Y N y WARNING updates may take several minutes to complete for each device DO NOT ABORT kn7cc ab0 update rev 2 0 1543 is less than current rev 2 0 1545 Continue Y N y kn7cc ab0 Updating to 2 0 1543 Verifying 2 0 1543 PASSED UPD gt update kzpsa0 4 Confirm update on kzpsa0 Y N ly WARNING updates may take several minutes to complete for each device DO NOT ABORT kzpsa0 Updating to A06 FAILED UPD gt exit Errors occurred during update with the following devices kzpsa0 Do you want to continue to exit Continue Y N ly Initializing self test display appears 6 6 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 This command requests a firmware update for a specific module If you want to update more than one device you may use a wildcard but not a list For example update k updates all devices with nam
65. information in detail Chapter of this manual briefly describes the TLSB modules and this section gives an overview of the system bus The TLSB has two separate buses a command address bus and a data bus Thus errors can refer to transmissions on either of these buses A node that initiates a transaction is called a commander node The node that responds to the command issued by the commander is called the slave node CPUs or I O nodes are always the commander on memory transactions and can be either the commander or the slave on CSR control and status register transactions Memory nodes are never commander nodes 4 1 1 Command Address Bus Table 4 1 lists the eight address bus commands Table 4 1 TLSB Address Bus Commands TLSB CMD lt 2 0 gt Command Description 000 No op Device that won arbitration nulled the command 001 Victim Victim 010 Read Read memory O11 Write Memory write or write update 100 Read Bank Lock Read memory bank lock 101 Write Bank Unlock Write memory bank unlock 110 CSR Read Read CSR data 111 CSR Write Write CSR data 4 2 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting 4 1 2 Data Bus The TLSB transfers data in the sequence order that valid address bus commands are issued In addition to 256 bits of data the data bus contains associated ECC bits and some control signals Three signals are of particular significance in read and write operations TLSB_SHARED When a request is made
66. internal PCI bus on the KFTIA adapter passed its own self test Self test results for controllers on the KFTIA have also passed their internal self tests as indicated by the plus signs at nodes 0 7 See the illustration for the show config command Section 3 1 2 to see which nodes are which including the FDDI and NVRAM daughter cards which are field replaceable FRUs A plus sign at the right of the C1 PCI line means that the PCI adapter on I O channel 1 connected to the hose of the KFTIA passed self test The adapter in the PCI shelf appears at node 0 See the illustration for the show config command Section 3 1 2 to see what adapter is in this shelf Console Display and Diagnostics 3 3 3 1 2 Show Config Display for 8200 The show configuration console command is useful to obtain more information about the system configuration in case you need to replace a module Example 3 2 Show Config Sample P08 gt gt gt show config Name Type Rev Mnemonic TLSB 4 KN7CC AB 8014 0000 kn7cc abo 7 MS7CC 5000 0000 ms7cc0 8 KFTIA 2020 0000 kftia0 CO Internal PCI connected to kftia0 pcio 0 ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp00 1 ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp01 2 DECchip 21040 AA 21011 0023 tulipo 3 DEC PCI FDDI F1011 0000 pfio 4 ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp0o2 5 ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp0o3 6 DECchip 21040 AA 21011 0023 tulip1 7 PCI NVRAM 71011 0000 pci_nvramo Cl PCI connected to kftia0 pcil O SIO 4828086 0003 s
67. is routed down to the two regulators Two regulators provide n 1 redundancy that is if one fails the other will supply power Each power regulator contains an AC input two 48 VDC outputs and optional battery backup The two DC distribution connectors in the front of the power regulator provide 48 VDC to the system LEDs signal the status of the regulator feeding these connectors The cabinet control logic CCL module monitors signals from parts of the power system and provides error information to the console software It is located behind the CCL panel The clock module provides the oscillator and logic that governs the frequency with which signals can be transmitted on the TLSB bus cycle time The clocking scheme supports a bus cycle time of 10 ns system clock frequencies may vary The clock card must support the timing of the processors in the TLSB bus otherwise the system will not power up properly The power filter removes any noise disturbance on the 48V line supplying consistent power to system modules and other components The power bus bar delivers 48 VDC power to modules on the system bus All slots must be filled for proper termination of the bus terminator modules are supplied as part of the base system Modules on the system bus contain DC to DC converters that step the power down to the voltages required by the particular component As shown 48 VDC power is supplied to the StorageWorks shelves mounted in
68. of KFTIA and KFTHA and the I O cables which connect the I O module to the I O bus Figure 15 9 I O Interface Rear x Rear Expander Main 1 O Module I O Cable BX 0712 94 15 16 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the KFTIA Interface The KFTIA module has several I O connections One I O channel to support one I O PIU The maximum length of the cable is 3 65 meters 12 feet This hose is always numbered 1 hose 0 is the virtual hose connecting the embedded PCI I O devices Two twisted pair Ethernet connections One single ended 8 bit SCSI connection Three FWD SCSI connections An optional FDDI connection An optional NVRAM daughter card 4 Mbytes If this option is installed no NVRAM can be configured on the physical hose Any unused I O connection on the KFTIA module must be terminated About the KFTHA Interface The KFTHA modules can accommodate a maximum of four I O channels to support a maximum of four I O plug in units The KFTHA module can accommodate one to four I O channels Each I O bus is housed in a plug in unit PIU An I O hose cable connects the KFTHA module to an I O PIU The maximum length of each I O cable is 3 6
69. off Look for a no error message TLSB Modules 5 15 Figure 5 3 SIMM Connector Numbers E2035 Module BX 0771 95 5 16 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules Figure 5 4 SIMM Connector Numbers E2036 2 Gbyte Module BX 0770 95 TLSB Modules 5 17 5 6 I O Cable and KFIHA Module Removal and Replacement The I O hose cable connects the KFTHA or KFTIA module to an I O bus Remove a hose by loosening the captive screws on the connector After disconnecting all cables removal of the module is the same as other modules Figure 5 5 I O Hose Cable o Jao Joal o BX 0756 95 5 18 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules T O Hose Cable Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and power down the system 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Loosen the captive screws slotted to remove the cable connectors at both ends of the I O cable to be replaced See in Figure 5 5 T O Hose Cable Replacement 1 Attach the TLSB end with pin 50 on top Torque the screws to 6 inch pounds 2 Route the replacement I O cable through the same path as the original one was routed 3 Attach the I O bus end The connector is asymmetrical to
70. on WSPC high read or KFTxA med Ibox stall timeout else CPU high Inconsistent lIbox timeout state TLEPAERR lt 12 11 gt Other CPU Ibox timeout on other CPU on this module other CPU should be detecting on another branch of parse tree TLEPAERR lt 8 gt TLSB_FAULT asserted TLEPAERR lt 4 gt Duplicate tag data parity error BX 0186D 95 4 28 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Enor Continued TLEPAERR lt 5 gt f PU high Duplicate tag status parity cru non T error TLEPAERR lt 6 gt DIGA to ADG parity error on write to ADG CSR TLEPAERR lt 10 9 gt 10 for CPU1 9 for CPUO CPU high Go to DWLPA motherboard parse tree TLEPDERR lt 2 0 gt lt gt 0 Select one TLEPDERR lt 1 gt DIGA 0 CSR RW parity error TLEPDERR lt 0 gt CPU high ADG to DIGA CSR parity error g TLEPDERR lt 2 gt CPU high GBUS timeout TLEPMERR lt 5 0 gt lt gt 0 TLEPMERR lt 5 gt CPU high DIGA R R W parity error TLEPMERR lt 4 gt FF DIGA 2 CSR RW parity error CPU Righ TLEPMERR lt 3 gt ae DIGA 1 CSR R W parity error ieee TLEPMERR lt 2 gt DIGA to MMG CSR parity error CPUa nigh TLEPMERR lt 1 gt CPU high ADG to MMG EV5 1 parity error s TLEPMERR lt 0 gt CPU high ADG to MMG EV5 0 parity error a BX 0186E 95 DECevent ErorLog 4 29 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued El STAT lt 32 gt El_
71. outlets in the regulator Check the connections to the PCI shelf and StorageWorks shelves Check all the cabling that can be seen Cabling to the TLSB bus enters the control panel goes beneath the bottom of the bus see arrow and reappears near the clock card at the back to supply power to the 48 VDC power bus bar on the centerplane If there appears to be a problem with power supply to the bus remove the front panel and check that power and signal cabling connections are in order Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 15 2 3 Troubleshooting the 8200 Cooling Subsystem The cooling subsystem of the AlphaServer 8200 system consists of several fans One is located directly under the system bus behind the control panel Others are located in the power regulators and in the individual PCI and I O shelves Figure 2 14 LEDs for Temperature and Cooling Fan Locations Front View Rear View BX 0177 95 2 16 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting The AlphaServer 8200 contains four different types of fans To test that the fans are working hold a small slip of paper near the fan or in the case of the SCSI shelves near the front of the shelf and see whether the paper is blown out or drawn in fan is working or remains stationary Don t let go of the paper just hold it and see which way it is drawn This is the PSU processor system unit cooling fan It draws air down from the ventilated top of the system through the TLSB bus
72. rules 8200 8 15 PCI EISA configuration rules 8400 15 23 Plug in units 8400 battery 14 3 14 5 14 7 14 18 24 1 configuration rules 15 18 DSSI disk 14 3 14 5 23 1 DSSI storage 14 16 Futurebus 14 5 14 12 21 1 PCI 14 5 14 8 20 1 SCSI storage 14 3 14 5 14 14 22 1 XMI 14 3 14 5 14 10 21 1 Power and signal harness DSSI disk PIU 23 8 Power board PCI PIU 20 4 Power filter 8400 1 15 Power regulator single phase 8400 14 3 18 2 troubleshooting 2 20 Power regulator three phase 8400 14 3 18 6 LEDs 2 22 location 2 22 troubleshooting 2 22 Power regulator 8200 8 3 10 2 field replaceable units 7 12 troubleshooting 2 10 Power regulator XMI or Futurebus PIU 21 2 Power strip 8200 1 17 8 7 10 8 Power supply removal and replacement SCSI storage PIU 22 4 Power system single phase 8400 AC distribution box removal and replacement 18 4 configuration rules 15 8 H7264 removal and replacement 18 2 troubleshooting 2 18 Power system three phase 8400 AC input box removal and replacement 18 8 configuration rules 15 10 DC distribution box removal and replacement 18 10 H7263 removal and replacement 18 6 troubleshooting 2 18 Power system 8200 battery backup option 10 4 blower 10 10 components 8 6 configuration rules 8 7 dual power regulator system 8 7 power regulator 10 2 power strip 8 7 10 8 troubleshooting 2 10 Processor module adding new processor 5 8 rem
73. shelf into the enclosure 4 Replace the two screws at the top and two at the bottom that hold the PCI shelf in place 5 Connect all cables 6 If you replaced the standard I O module run ECU Place the ECU diskette in the floppy drive and type P00 gt gt gt set arc_enable on POO gt gt gt init self test display appears P00 gt gt gt runecu Note that there is no space after run See the Operations Manual for information on this command Verification Power up the system and check the self test display for plus signs in the PCI section PCI Plug In Unit 20 3 20 2 Power Board Removal and Replacement Disconnect cables from the front of the PCI shelf remove four screws two each top and bottom that hold the shelf in place and extend the shelf fully on its slides Release the quarter turn screws and open the side panel Disconnect the cable to the line filter and remove the power board mounting screw Figure 20 2 PCI PiU Power Board WS SD Wy N 63 AB 9 AS 4 le 7 allal inl ir Q Me N a pN OL A 7 Le BX 0766 95 20 4 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 2 3 9 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap Disconnect any cables from the front of the PCI shelf that might inhibit the PCI sh
74. system 8400 18 12 CPU chip 1 6 CPU module placement rules 8200 8 9 Cycle time relationship of chip to bus 1 7 D Daughter card FDDI 5 22 14 5 NVRAM 5 24 14 5 DC distribution box 8400 1 15 14 5 18 10 DC distribution 8200 1 17 DECchip 21164 1 7 DEFPZ 14 5 Device removal and replacement SCSI storage PIU 22 2 Disk removal and replacement DSSI disk PIU 23 6 Display command LFU 6 12 DJ ML300 BA 14 5 Doors 8400 cabinet 16 2 DSSI disk plug in unit 8400 14 3 14 5 23 1 configuration rules 15 30 disk removal and replacement 23 6 FRUs 14 16 local disk converter 23 2 power and signal harness 23 8 remote front panel 23 4 troubleshooting 2 32 DWLAA See Futurebus plug in unit DWLMA See XMI plug in unit DWLMA adapter LEDs 2 30 DWLPA See PCI plug in unit DWZZA VA 2 9 E2034 See Terminator module E2035 See Memory module E2036 See Memory module E2052 See KFTHA module E2054 See KFTIA module E2056 See Processor module Environment variables A 5 Exit command LFU 6 10 F Fan location 8200 2 17 Fan 8400 troubleshooting 2 26 FDDI daughter card 2 5 3 5 3 9 14 5 removal and replacement 5 22 Field replaceable units 8400 14 1 Firmware corrupted 6 14 updating 6 1 Floppy drive 8400 17 6 FRUs 8400 14 1 Fuse removal and replacement battery PIU 24 2 Futurebus plug in unit 8400 14 5 21 1 air filter 21 6 configuration rules 15 26 enclosure and card cage 21 4 FRUs
75. test display appears P02 gt gt gt build e kn7cc Build EEPROM on kn7cc ab0 Y N gt y EEPROM built on kn7cc ab0 PO2 gt gt gt i Initializing F E D C B A 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 NODE A M M M P P TYP o STL EE EB BPD o f i 44 ST2 EE EB BPD 3 z 4 44 ST3 EE EB BPD E CO XMI CL Ce r P 7 7 7 7 7 CPGE EISAt Bl BO 7 AO ILV 128 128 f f 2n 256 f i 512MB AlphaServer 8400 Console V1 0 SROM V1 0 Apr 1 1995 16 17 26 P00 gt gt gt build c kn7cc 8 P00 gt gt gt set eeprom field LARS gt 01234567 Message gt P00 gt gt gt boot 5 10 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules 6 Build the EEPROM See QO Power down the system and replace the other processor modules See Section 5 4 8 Power up the system Copy the EEPROM environment variables to the new processor using the build c command See 9 Enter into the EEPROM the 8 digit LARS number and a short message 68 characters maximum stating the date and reason for service See 10 Boot the operating system TLSB Modules 5 11 5 4 Processor Memory or Terminator Module Removal and Replacement Wear an antistatic wrist strap Release the handles and slide the module out of the card cage To replace line up the module and cover with the guide and rail in the card cage be sure the projections on the top and bottom of the end plate align with the slots in
76. the PCI shelf remove four screws two each top and bottom that hold the shelf in place and extend the shelf fully on its slides Release the quarter turn screws on the side panel and open the shelf Remove the option board from its connector Figure 20 1 PCI PIU Option Boards Loa Ae F Z oR of 5 amp 23 o pa 2B ofS B oj fe gt 3 07 BX 0773 95 20 2 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Disconnect the two power connectors and any I O cables that will prevent the shelf from fully extending on its slides 4 Remove the two screws Phillips at the top and two at the bottom that hold the PCI shelf in place see in Figure 20 1 5 Slide the shelf out until the slides lock 6 Loosen the two quarter turn screws Phillips in the top corners of the side panel see Remove the side panel by holding it at the top and bottom and swinging it out from the top 7 Ifyou did not do so in step 3 disconnect the I O cable from the option Remove the option board from its connector see Replacement 1 Insert the option board in the appropriate connector 2 Replace the side panel Ensure that the EMI shield is in place and fasten the two quarter turn screws 3 Press the top and bottom slide locks and slide the PCI
77. the card cage and slide the module into the cage Push the handles in to connect at the centerplane and let them spring into the stops Figure 5 1 Processor Memory or Terminator Module a 3 BX 0768 95 5 12 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules NOTE If you are replacing or adding a processor module see Section 5 1 5 2 or 5 3 before using this procedure Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and power down the system CAUTION You must wear a wrist strap when you handle any modules 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Push the handles of the module to be removed in toward the module end plate and to the left releasing them from the stops 4 Grasp the end plate and slide the module out of the card cage See in Figure 5 1 5 Place the module on an ESD pad If it is being replaced slide the module into the antistatic bag from the replacement module and pack it in the box Replacement CAUTION You must wear a wrist strap when you handle any modules 1 Ground yourself to the cabinet frame with an antistatic wrist strap CAUTION To avoid damaging an EMI gasket insert modules from left to right These gaskets can easily break and a broken piece of gasket can damage a module or the centerplane 2 Remove the module from its packaging and release the spring loaded handles
78. the fans you must remove the the PCI shelf from the cabinet See Section 12 2 for the fan removal and replacement procedure Figure 12 1 PCI Shelf BX 0648 95 12 2 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 Shut down the system Disconnect any hose cables or external I O cables from the PCI shelf Disconnect the power cable and clip the two tie wraps that hold the cable to the cabinet rail see O 2 Remove the four mounting screws see 3 Remove the eight bracket screws see and gently lift the PCI shelf out of the cabinet 4 Remove the six screws that connect the PCI shelf to the rail slide assemblies see O PCIShelves 12 3 12 2 Fan Removal and Replacement To access the fans remove the top cover and the There are two PCI shelf fans fan tray assembly Figure 12 2 PCI Fans BX 0647 95 12 4 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 To remove the top cover turn the two quarter turn fasteners to the left see 2 Disconnect the two fan power cable connectors see O 3 Remove four screws to disconnect the fan tray assembly see 4 Clip the two tie wraps see 5 Remove the four screws that secure the fan to the shelf see Replacement Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure PCIShelves 12 5 Chapter 13 StorageWorks Shelves This chapter contains the following sections e StorageWorks Shelf Removal and Replacement e Disk Removal and
79. the memory s TLESR0O register Bit 17 of the TLESRO is not set so we follow the branch down and examine EI_STAT lt 34 gt which is not set Following the branch further shows a corrected read data error on a data stream read and that the fault occurred in a SIMM The error log identifies the SIMM where the error occurred as J23 UNIX lists each occurrence of a corrected read data error Before replacing the SIMM you would probably want to examine other 620 entries to see if the error on SIMM J23 was repeated 4 12 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Example 4 6 Sample Machine Check 620 Error Log Entry KKK KK KKK KK KK KKK KK KK KKK KKK AK ENTRY Logging OS Zee System Architecture Event sequence number 25s Timestamp of occurrence Host name System type register x0000000C Number of CPUs mpnum x00000002 CPU logging event mperr x00000000 Event validity dN Event severity 5y Entry type 100 CPU Minor class 4 TLaser 620 Corr Error Software Flags x00000001 Present Active CPUs x00000003 Hardware Rev x00000000 System Serial Number Module Serial Number System Revision x00000000 MCHK Reason Mask x00000086 MCHK Frame Rev x00000000 LR RR KKK KK RK KK KKK KK KK KK KK OSF 1 Alpha 29 FEB 2020 11 42 15 clyp01 AlphaServer 2x000 Valid Low Priority CPU Machine Check Errors 620 System Correctable Error 1 TLSB Error Log Snapshot Packet XFFFFFFFOC2FFFFFF 2 EI STAT Error Source is me
80. the system to console mode Example 6 4 Exit Command UPD gt exit 1 Initializing self test display appears P00 gt gt gt 2 UPD gt update kzpsa0 Confirm update on kzpsa0 LY N ly WARNING updates may take several minutes to complete for each device DO NOT ABORT kzpsa0 Updating to A06 FAILED UPD gt exit Errors occurred during update with the following devices kzpsa0 Do you want to continue to exit 4 Continue Y N y 5 Initializing self test display appears P00 gt gt gt 6 10 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 ooood 6 At the UPD gt prompt exit causes the system to be initialized The console prompt appears Errors occurred during an update Because of the errors confirmation of the exit is required Typing y causes the system to be initialized and the console prompt to appear Updating Firmware 6 11 6 5 Display and Venfy Commands Display and verify commands are used in special situations Display shows the physical configuration Verify repeats the verification process performed by the update command Example 6 5 Display and Verify Commands UPD gt display 1 Name Type Rev Mnemonic TLSB 2 KN7CC AB 8014 0000 kn7cc ab0 3 MS7CC 5000 0000 ms7cc0 5 MS7CC 5000 0000 ms7cc1 7 KFTHA 2000 0036 kftha0 8 KFTIA 2020 0000 kftia0 CO Internal PCI connected to kftia0 pcid 0 ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp0 1 ISP1020 10201077 0001 ispl 2 DECchip 21040 A
81. through X Open Company Ltd FCC NOTICE The equipment described in this manual generates uses and may emit radio frequency energy The equipment has been type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC Rules which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such radio frequency interference when operated in a commercial environment Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference in which case the user at his own expense may be required to take measures to correct the interference Contents Chapter 1 Overview of the Systems 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 AlphaServer 8400 8200 Overview sscccesesscecssecesecseecesecsaeesseessseesseees 1 2 TESB System Bus disen pana e atitisieisieiainsn let a TNA 1 4 KN7CC Processor Mod ler endr sasie teterari eiae tea eieiei 1 6 MS7CC Memory Module eeeeeeseeessecceeecesseecseecseeeseesesaeeeseeesaeees 1 8 KEE THA Modules dnn a oon tats R owen ai eau eat beed e smiaieters 1 10 KFTIA Module 2 sich setsinn ntti al ede ea 1 12 AlphaServer 8400 Power Subsystem Overview cssceseeseeeteeeeeeeeee 1 14 AlphaServer 8200 Power Subsystem Overview esccceseeeeseeeeeeeees 1 16 T O Buses and In Cab Storage Devices ces eeeeeseeeneceeeeneeeeseeenaeeeeees 1 18 Troubleshooting Steps and Tools ccceseessssesseessseeseeeseeeesseesaeeeseeeeaee 1 20
82. unit BA654 AA DSSI disk plug in unit H7237 AA Battery plug in unit includes 1 to 3 battery packs H7238 AA Either a DEFPZ AA or a DEFPZ UA can be installed at one time This FRU can be located in either the front or the rear of the cabinet Replace xx with AA if in the main cabinet or with BA if in the expander cabinet Replace xx with AA if in the main cabinet second shelf is DWLPA BA or with AB if in the expander cabinet second shelf is DWLPA BB Located in the bottom of the main cabinet or in the top or bottom of the expander cabinet Field Replaceable Units 14 5 14 3 FRUs in the Battery Cabinet The optional battery cabinet contains two battery plug in units Figure 14 3 Battery Cabinet Showing FRU Locations Battery Cabinet Front BX 0746A 94 14 6 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 9 H7237 AA Battery plug in unit includes 1 to 3 battery packs H7238 AA Field Replaceable Units 14 7 14 4 FRUs in the PCI Plug In Unit The PCI plug in unit contains three kinds of FRUs including the motherboard power board and option boards Figure 14 4 PCI Plug In Unit Showing FRU Locations BX 0763 95 14 8 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 54 23468 01 54 23470 01 Options Motherboard Power board See Appendix B for information on finding a list of supported o
83. 0000 TLaser I O Registers TLSB Node Number 6 TLDEV x2020 Turbo Laser Integrated I O Module 4 14 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting TLBER TLESRO TLESR1 TLESR2 TLESR3 CPU Interrupt Mask ICCMSR Latency Mode ICCNSE ICCMTIR IDPNSE O TLaser Memory Regs TLSB Node Number LDEV H TLBER LCNR LVID ADRO ADR1 LESRO H Hwy ECC Code Second ECC Code TLESR1 TLESR2 TLESR3 TMIR TMCR x00800000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000001 Cpu Interrupt Mask x00000001 x00000000 Arbitration Control Minimum Suppress Control Suppress after 16 Transactions x80000000 Interrupt on NSES Set x00000000 x00000006 Hose Power OK Hose Cable OK x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000CFO x0000000000000000 x20000000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 7 x5000 Turbo Laser Memory Module x01140000 Correctable Read Data Error 4 Data Syndrome 0 Data Transmitter During Error x000FC270 x00000080 x02D44200 x07020000 x0021CBCB ECC Syndrome x000000CB Transmitter During Error Correctable Read ECC Error xCB Failing SIMM Number J23 xCB Failing SIMM Number J23 x00000C0C x00006060 x00009090 x80000001 Interleave x00000001 x00000234 128MB Module E2035 BA DECevent ErorLog 415 TMER TMDRA T F T F H H H HHHHA H DDRO DDR1 DDR2 DDR3 TLaser I O Registers LSB Node Number LDEV LBER LESRO LESR1 LESR2 LESR3 CPU Interrupt Mask ICCMSR Latency Mode ICCNSE ICC
84. 01030000 and IOP Scatter Gather Map RAM Si 128KB 32K entries default Arbitration Control Round Robin for all Masters PCI Cut Through Enable Memory Read Multiple Enable DMA Read from Memory Error Interrupt Enable Device Interrupt Priority IPL 14 DECevent ErorLog 4 19 DIAG 1 IPEND 1 IPROG 1 Window Mask Window Base Translation Window Mask Window Base Translation Window Mask Window Base Translation Base Reg Cl Reg Al Reg Al Base Reg Al Reg Bl Reg Bl Base Reg Bl Reg Cl Reg Cl Error Vector 1 Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev CTL 4 20 Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec 2 Sl lot lot Lot lot Lot lot lot Lot Lot lot Lot Lot lot Lot lot ANANNNANANNANANNANAYNAN NN ot GSN GN GN UNG OS oS NOS SNS WWWWNHN NNN FF FP FP ODOC OO IntA IntB Intc IntD IntA IntB Intc IntD IntA IntB Intc IntD IntA IntB Intc IntD x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x007F0000 x00800003 x00000000 x3FFF0000 x40000002 x00000000 xO0FFF0000 xF0000003 x00000000 x00000956 x00000C70 x00000C80 x00000C90 x00000CA0 x00000CBO x00000CCO x00000CD0 x00000CE0 x00000CFO x00000D00 x00000D10 x00000D20 x00000D30 x00000D40 x00000D50 x00000D60 x01E00100 Generate Correct parity HPC Gate Array Revision 0 RM Down Hose Translate Ad x00000000 Int
85. 0211 cixcao E CIXCD C2F 0211 cixcdl UPD gt 6 16 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 ooo Status message indicates that the update succeeded To make the device known initialize the system by exiting LFU The modules in slot 2 of the first XMI and slot 2 of the second are still unknown The console either does not support or does not recognize these devices The device may be new and not supported by the console installed Check the current list of supported devices and upgrade the console revision if necessary For information on finding the current list see Appendix B Initialization has made the device known to the system The previously unknown device is now assigned device mnemonic cixcd0 by the system The previous cixcdO is now cixcdl Updating Firmware 6 17 6 7 How to Modify Device Attributes The modify command can change parameters stored in EEPROM on the following devices KZMSA DEC LANcontroller 400 DEMNA KCM44 and KFMSB The attributes are specific to each device Example 6 7 Modify Command UPD gt modify kzmsa0 1 kzmsa0 Local Console ENABLED Local Console ENABLED Log Selftest Errors ENABLED Log NRC 53C710 RBD Errors ENABLED Log XMI RBD Errors ENABLED Log XZA RBD Errors ENABLED RBD Error Logging DISABLED RBD Error Frame Overflow ENABLED Read Only Hard Error Frame Overflow ENABLED Read Only Soft Error Frame Overflow DISABLED Read Only FW Update Error Frame Overflow D
86. 10201077 0001 isp3 5 6 DECchip 21040 AA 21011 0023 tulipl 6 7 PCI NVRAM 71011 0000 pci_nvramo The first grouping shows the modules on the TLSB bus and their status In this example the three processors are in slots 0 1 and 2 as shown in the console display of system self test Note that the two CPU modules have two status symbols The processor at slot 0 for which both CPUs passed self test has the second at slot 1 at which the first CPU failed has Memory modules are at nodes 5 and 6 A KFTHA adapter is at node 8 and a KFTIA at node 7 3 8 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting O00 6090 The configuration listing continues with the adapters connected to or a part of the KFTHA node 8 and KFTIA node 7 modules The listing begins with node 8 The CO hose top on the KFTHA is connected to a Futurebus Since the Futurebus DWLLA adapter failed self test no adapters are shown in the configuration for this bus The C1 hose second from top on the KFTHA is connected to an XMI bus Node 3 which was shown in the self test listing as failing is a CIXCD module Node E is a KZMSA module and as always the DWLMA module is in node 8 The C2 and C3 connectors are not used C4 is the internal PCI bus on the KFTIA module At nodes 0 1 4 and 5 are the ISP1020 chips that handle the SCSI connections The single ended connection is always node 5 At nodes 2 and 6 are the Ethernet controllers Node 3 has the opti
87. 35 BA 128 Mbyte memory MS7CC BA E2035 CA 256 Mbyte memory MS7CC CA E2035 DA 512 Mbyte memory MS7CC DA E2035 EA 1 Gbyte memory MS7CC EA E2036 AA 2 Gbyte memory MS7CC FA E2052 AA KFTHA 4 hose cables E2054 AA_ KFTIA 1 hose FWD SCSI single ended SCSI NI PCD E2056 CA Single processor KN7CC AA E2056 DA Dual processor KN7CC AB The maximum number of processor modules is six The maximum number of memory modules is seven Memory modules may be placed in slots through 7 only The maximum amount of memory is 14 Gbytes All memory modules support two way interleaving Mixed sizes of memory modules may be installed in the TLSB card cage Table 15 3 on the next page shows the composition of memory options Each system must have a minimum of one I O module either KFTIA or KFTHA See Table 15 4 on the next page for placement of I O modules The KFTIA module can have daughter cards for FDDI SAS multimode fiber DEFPZ AA or twisted pair copper DEFPZ UA and NVRAM ML300 AA The minimum configuration is one processor module one memory module and one I O module In this configuration the processor module must be in slot 0 the memory module in slot 7 and the I O module in slot 8 and the rest of the slots must have terminator modules Several configuration examples are shown in Table 15 5 on the next page Configuration Rules 15 13 Table 15 3 Memory Module Options SIMMs Modu
88. 4 2 Machine Check 660 Enor Continued KFTxA Op Sys will supply a blank Mchk frame and 660 set the reason mask to FFFFh KFTxAy TLBER lt 16 gt Error should have been detected in TLEPx TLEPAERR lt 7 gt Search all TLEPs TLEP 660 parse trees TLEPx TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TLEPs KFTxAy TLBER lt 24 gt TLBER lt 23 20 gt TMEMy TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TMEMs TMEMy TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 011 or 101 TLESRx lt 17 gt KFTXA high UDE on write from 4 Y 7LSB KFTxA to TMEM 709 IDP TLSB interface error else KF TxA high UDE on write from KF TxA to TMEM IDP error TMEMy TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 111 TLESRx lt 17 gt i eae UDE on CSR write from KFTxA to TMEM IDP TLSB interface error else KFTxA high UDE on CSR write from KFTXA to TMEM IDP error BX 0186Y 95 node DECeventEnorlLog 4 49 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued ease or Check all memories for UDE with some wrong TMEM form of write Inconsistent F KFTXA high KF TxA detected UD no memory with UDE found Inconsistent TMEMx TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TMEMs TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 010 or 100 TMEMx TLBER lt 23 20 gt gt y 3 0 Select TLESRy TMEM high Any TLSB node med TMEMx TLESRy lt 17 gt UDE on read from mem MDI TLSB intf error else UDE on read from memory memory error Inconsistent NG DS Bis sel TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 110 TMEMx TLB
89. 4 8 14 9 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 15 5 15 6 15 7 15 8 15 9 15 10 15 11 15 12 15 13 15 14 15 15 15 16 15 17 xii Cabinet Control Logic Module eee eeeesseceeneceneeeeneesaeessaeeeeaeeseeeenees 9 4 Power Regulator ci 2cc citi sie es eee te is deena eek 10 2 Accessing the BBU Option Battery Packs 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeseeceseseecneeeeteeeeseee 10 4 Removing the BBU Option Battery Packs 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeseceseseeeneeeeseeeeseee 10 5 Charger Board Removal ities nsiet eaea i a aaa 10 6 Power Stip cresen inan Ri de E ds ee 10 8 BOWE ea rae raa A AE AE eiA EE SEE E ERES 10 10 Clock Modttles a a aati inlets at dee sel leet 11 2 Terminator Modules sic ien a a a A eE 11 4 TESB Line Filferscenuos no aA Ea e e e E E E Saia 11 6 TLSB Card Cage Rear VieW ccsccccesscseceeseeeceeeeeceseneeeseseeeesseeeeess 11 8 TLSB Card Cage Front View c cccssssseceesseceeeeeeesneeeeeesneeeeeseeeeess 11 9 Storage Drawers reciia a E re Ea T AE E ET EARE ani 11 10 POL EST A T 12 2 POT Bans E ES 12 4 StorageWorks Shelf iiki es Bb tests A e daa ease 13 2 StorageWorks DiSKarseiiiniere nR EA ee E ENS 13 4 StorageWorks Power Supply esccesseccesseceseeseeeeseesseecsseeeesaeeesneers 13 6 Platform Cabinet Front Showing FRU Locations ceeesceeeeeeees 14 2 Platform Cabinet Rear Showing FRU Locations ceeeeseeeeeeeees 14 4 Battery Cabinet Showing FRU Locations 00 ceeeeeseeeseeeeneeeneeeeseeeeeeee 14 6
90. 5 4 id d01 Starting device exerciser on dkh300 3 0 5 4 id d70 in READ ONLY mode Stopping device exerciser on dkh300 3 0 5 4 id d70 Starting device exerciser on duc0 0 0 1004 3 id dd4 in READ ONLY mode Stopping device exerciser on duc0 0 0 1004 3 id dd4 Starting device exerciser on duc5 5 0 1004 3 id f 25 in READ ONLY mode Time has expired Stopping all testing Stopping device exerciser on duc5 5 0 1004 3 id f25 Stopping network exerciser on ewc0 0 0 6 4 id 697 Stopping network exerciser on ewa0 0 0 12 3 id 645 Stopping network exerciser on ewb0 0 0 2 4 id 66e Shutting down drivers hutting down units on hutting down units on hutting down units on hutting down units on hutting down units on hutting down units on hutting down units on hutting down units on hutting down units on hutting down units on ANnNANNnNANANNANANN YN hutting down units on P00 gt gt gt isp2 slot 0 bus 0 hose 4 slot 1 bus 0 hose 4 slot 2 bus 0 bus 0 bus 0 hose 4 Go Dus rps 12 bus 0 2 bus ly 4 bus 1 bus 0 bus 0 isp3 tulipl hose 4 slot 4 slot 5 slot slot isp4 hose 4 isp5 tulip2 hose 4 tulipo hose 3 kfesb0 slot kfesb1 slot slot 7 slot 8 hose 3 hose 3 isp0o hose 3 ispl hose 3 Console Display and Diagnostics 3 15 3 3 Identifying a Failing SIMM From the console you can check for flawed or poorly s
91. 5 DA memory module 512 Mbytes includes 16 54 21726 01 SIMMs E2035 EA memory module 1 Gbytes includes 32 54 21726 01 SIMMs E2036 AA memory module 2 Gbytes includes 36 54 21718 01 SIMMs Control panel CD ROM drive may include a KFE70 AA floppy drive H7264 power regulator single phase H7263 power regulator three phase Blower XMI plug in unit SCSI disk plug in unit DSSI disk plug in unit Battery plug in unit includes 1 to 3 H7238 AA battery packs Access to both the front and the rear of the cabinet is required This FRU is in the main cabinet only cannot be located in the expander cabinet This FRU can be located in either the front or the rear of the cabinet Replace xx with AA if in the main cabinet or with BA if in the expander cabinet Located in the bottom of the main cabinet or in the top or bottom of the expander cabinet Field Replaceable Units 14 3 14 2 FRUs Accessible from the Rear of the Cabinet FRUs that can be accessed from the rear of the cabinet include the TLSB centerplane and card cage some logic modules the removable media device the DC distribution box the AC input box the blower and some plug in units Figure 14 2 Platform Cabinet Rear Showing FRU Locations 0 0 2 l J 0 0 Rear 4 0 00 0
92. 5 meters 12 feet Each I O cable consists of two separate unidirectional interconnects Configuration Rules 15 17 15 8 Plug In Units Plug in units PIUs are located in the main and expander cabinets Both cabinets have space for PIUs in the bottom The expander cabinet also has PIU quadrants in the top Figure 15 10 Location of PIU Quadrants Main Cabinet Front Rear PIU PIU ae 3 on Quadrant 1 Quadrant 4 Quadrant 2 Expander Cabinet Front Rear PIU PIU suadiants Quadrant 6 PIU PIU a 3 sty Quadrant 1 Quadrant 4 Quadrant 2 BX 0713 94 15 18 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 About Plug In Units e Plug in units PIUs house options in the main and expander cabinets e These options are housed in PIUs PCI bus XMI bus Futurebus SCSI storage devices DSSI disks Batteries e PIUs are located in the PIU quadrants as shown in Figure 15 10 The main cabinet has four PIU quadrants and the expander cabinet has six e The XMI and battery PIUs each require two quadrants the Futurebus PCI and disk PIUs each require one quadrant Configuration rules for each of these PIUs are discussed in the following sections Configuration Rules 15 19 15 8 1 PCI Plug In Unit The PCI PIU contains one or two PCI shelves or one PCI shelf and one SCSI shelf The PCI PIU is located in the bottom rear of the main cabinet or expander cabinet Figu
93. 63 power regulators This power system supports battery backup Figure 15 7 Three Phase Power System AC Input Box Power DC Distribution Box Regulators BX 0710 94 15 10 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the Three Phase Power System e The three phase power system consists of a 30 33798 Ox AC input box 30 35143 01 DC distribution box and a minimum of one and a maximum of three H7263 power regulators See Figure 15 7 e The maximum system configuration requires two regulators the third is for optional redundant power e Power regulators cannot be warm swapped e Fach plug in unit with the exception of the battery plug in unit has a local power supply that generates the needed 5V and other miscellaneous DC voltages H7263 Power Regulator Configuration When viewed from the front of the system cabinet the leftmost power regulator closest to the TLSB card cage corresponds to phase A the middle with phase B and the rightmost with phase C see Figure 15 7 Power regulators are configured in manufacturing starting closest to the TLSB card cage and working to the right This platform with one regulator installed constitutes a true single phase load The load currents in three phase power distribution need to be balanced If necessary reconfigure the regulators and batteries if the cabinet contains a battery plug
94. 8 16 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 About the StorageWorks Shelf e The maximum number of StorageWorks shelves in the main cabinet is six e The maximum number of StorageWorks shelves in an expander cabinet is sixteen e Each shelf contains seven storage slots and one slot for the power regulator StorageWorks Shelf Configuration Rules Two StorageWorks shelves can be installed in one shelf space One shelf is installed at the front of the cabinet the other is installed at the rear of the cabinet Configuration Rules 8 17 Chapter9 Cabinet Control System This chapter contains the following sections e Control Panel Removal and Replacement e Cabinet Control Logic Module Removal and Replacement Cabinet Control System 9 1 9 1 Control Panel Removal and Replacement The control panel bezel attaches to the cabinet with a black plunger located at the bottom center of the bezel The circuit board attaches to the cabinet with four small screws Access is from the front of the cabinet Figure 9 1 Contol Panel BX 0627 94 9 2 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 Open the front cabinet door 2 Push the control panel On Off button to Off 3 At the rear of the cabinet shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle 4 Pull the black plunger see and remove the control panel bezel 5 Disconnect the 17 04046 01 cable from J9 on the CCL pan
95. 8 FDDI Daughter Card Removal and Replacement Remove the KFTIA module from the system Remove the side 1 cover and the two screws that attach the FDDI daughter card to the module Lift the module off the extender Figure 5 7 FDDI Daughter Card BX 0758 95 5 22 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules Removal 1 Remove the KFTIA module See Section 5 7 for instructions Place the module on an ESD pad on a level surface 2 Remove the side cover from the KFTIA module by removing the eight screws Note that the three screws attaching the cover to the bulkhead are larger than the five attaching it to the standoffs 3 Remove and save the two screws that attach the FDDI daughter card to the KFTIA module Leave the standoffs on the module 4 Lift the FDDI daughter card off the extender see Leave the extender on the module Replacement 1 Connect the replacement daughter card to the extender 2 Attach the daughter card to the module with the screws saved in step 3 above 3 Replace the side 1 cover on the KFTIA module 4 Replace the KFTIA module See Section 5 7 for instructions Verification Power up the system and check that all modules appear in the self test display Enter the show configuration show device and test commands TLSB Modules 5 23 5 9 NVRAM Daughter Card Removal and Replacement Remove the KFTIA module from the system Rem
96. 8a000000 TLDEV 00005000 00008014 00002020 00002000 TLBER 00100000 00800000 00000000 00000000 TLCNR 000fc200 00000220 00000170 00000180 TLVID 00000080 00000054 TLMMRO 00008014 80000010 80000010 TLMMR1 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR2 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR3 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR4 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR5 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR6 00008014 00000000 00000000 3 18 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting TLMMR7 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLFADRO 0011ab00 00000000 00000000 TLFADR1 07050000 00000000 00000000 TLESRO 00000303 00400303 00000000 00000000 TLESR1 00000c0c 00400c0c 00000000 00000000 TLESR2 00006060 00406060 00000000 00000000 TLESR3 00009090 00409090 00000000 00000000 TLILIDO 00000000 00000000 NodeO Node2 Node7 Nodes MS7CC KN7CC AB KFTIA KFTHA TLILID1 00000000 00000000 TLILID2 00000000 00000000 TLILID3 00000000 00000000 TLCPUMASK 00000010 00000010 P04 gt gt gt info 5 grep TLBER TLBER 00100000 00800000 00000000 00000000 P04 gt gt gt info 5 grep TLMMR Q TLMMRO 00008014 80000010 80000010 TLMMR1 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR2 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR3 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR4 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR5 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR6 00008014 00000000 00000000 TLMMR7 00008014 00000000 00000000 P04 gt gt gt The info command lists options available This list may change The bitmap HWRPB and FRU table options only
97. 9 NI Kon a Bl BO 128 128 AlphaServer 8400 Console V1 0 SROM V1 0 Apr P00 gt gt gt set cpu 2 P02 gt gt gt build c kn7cc P02 gt gt gt set cpu 0 P00 gt gt gt set eeprom field LARS gt 01234567 Message gt P00 gt gt gt boot 5 6 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules AO 256 dd GO VO SP PAO EE EE EE PASSED NODE TYP ST1 EB BPD ST2 EB BPD ST3 EB BPD CO XMI cl C2 CS PCr EISAt ILV 512MB 6 Build the EEPROM See Q Power down the system replace the other processor modules see Section 5 4 and power up the system 8 Copy the EEPROM environment variables from a secondary processor to the new primary processor To do this set a different module as primary and copy the environment variables using the build c command See 9 Set processor 0 as the primary processor Then enter into the EEPROM the 8 digit LARS number and a short message 68 characters maximum stating the date and reason for service See 10 Boot the operating system TLSB Modules 5 7 5 3 Howto Add a New Processor or Replace a Secondary Processor Check the console firmware version in the existing modules and the new or replacement module and if they differ use the LFU update command to bring the new module to the current version Build the EEPROM on the new module Example 5 3 Adding or Replacing a Secondary Processor EF E D G B A 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
98. A 128 MB E2035 AA 542172401 8 MB 16 MS7CC CA 256 MB _E2035 AA 54 21724 01 8 MB 32 MS7CC DA 512 MB _E2035 AA 54 21726 01 32 MB 16 MS7CC EA 1 GB E2035 AA 54 21726 01 32 MB 32 MS7CC FA 2 GB E2036 AA 54 21718 01 64 MB 36 Overview of the Systems 1 9 1 5 KFTHA Module The KFTHA module offers four hose connectors that interface between the TLSB bus and external buses XMI Futurebus and PCI EISA Figure 1 7 KFTHA Module O OOOOOOOO LILI o VEER aa wA BX 0162 94 1 10 Service Manual The KFTHA module is designed for high speed high volume data transfers Direct memory access DMA transfers are pipelined to allow for up to 500 Mbytes second throughput The major elements of the KFTHA module are oO 27 RAM to buffer data for the DMA transfers Four hose to data path HDP chips each handling 32 bits from two hoses I O cables connecting to an adapter in an associated I O bus Data on the HDPs flow in one direction either up to the KFTHA or down to the T O adapter Four I O data path IDP chips which together handle a 256 bit data transfer to or from the TLSB system bus An I O c
99. A 21011 0023 tulip0 4 ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp2 5 ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp3 6 DECchip 21040 AA 21011 0023 tulipl 7 PCI NVRAM 71011 0000 pci_nvram0 C4 XMI connected to kftha0 xmid 2 DEMNA C03 0803 demna0d 4 CIXCD C2F 0311 cixcdod 8 DWLMA 102A 0105 dwlma0 A KCM44 C22 5E50 kcm440 C7 PCI connected to kftha0 peir 6 DECchip 21040 AA 21011 0023 tulip2 A KZPSA 81011 0000 kzpsa0 UPD gt verify kzpsa0 2 kzpsa0 Verifying A06 PASSED UPD gt 6 12 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Display shows the system physical configuration Display is equivalent to issuing the console command show configuration Because it shows the slot for each module display can help you identify the location of a device Verify reads the firmware from the module into memory and compares it with the update firmware on the CD ROM If a module already verified successfully when you updated it but later failed self test you can use verify to tell whether the firmware has become corrupted Updating Firmware 6 13 6 6 How to Update Conupted Firmware If LFU identifies a device as unknown either the firmware on the module is corrupted or the console does not support or does not recognize the device Example 6 6 Updating an Unknown Device UPD gt display 1 Name Type Rev Mnemonic TLSB O KN7CC AA 8011 0000 kn7cc aa0 4 MS7CC 5000 0000 ms7ccO 6 MS7CC 5000 0000 ms7ccl 8 KFTHA 2000 0000 kftha0d CO XMI xmid 2 FRET 810 A4A6 unknown0
100. A0 Reg BO Reg BO Base Reg BO Reg CO Reg CO IntA IntB Intc IntD IntA IntB Intc IntD IntA IntB Intc IntD IntA IntB Intc IntD x00000000 x3FFF0000 x40000002 x00000000 xO0FFF0000 xF0000003 x00000000 x00000945 x00000B70 x00000B80 x00000B90 x00000BA0 x00000905 x00000BC0 x00000BD0 x00000BE0 x00000BFO x00000C00 x00000C10 x00000C20 x00000C30 x00000C40 x00000C50 x00000C60 x01E00100 Window Base Address x00000080 Translated Base Address x00000000 Window Size 1 GB Window Enable Window Base Address x00004000 Translated Base Address x00000000 Window Size 256 MB Scatter Gather Enable Window Enable Window Base Address x0000F000 Translated Base Address x00000000 Interrupt Vector x00000945 Interrupt Vector x00000B70 Interrupt Vector x00000B80 Interrupt Vector x00000B90 Interrupt Vector x00000BA0 Interrupt Vector x00000905 Interrupt Vector x00000BC0 Interrupt Vector x00000BD0 Interrupt Vector x00000BE0 Interrupt Vector x00000BF0 Interrupt Vector x00000C00 Interrupt Vector x00000C10 Interrupt Vector x00000C20 Interrupt Vector x00000C30 Interrupt Vector x00000C40 Interrupt Vector x00000C50 Interrupt Vector x00000C60 Config Cycle Type PCI Type 0 Configuration Memory Block Size 64 Bytes PCI Cut Through Threshold x00000000 IO Space HW Addr Ext x00000000 Mem Read Mult Pre fetch S 4 Cache Blocks I O Port Up Hose Buffers 3 Buffers TIOP PCI x00400000 x00000000 x00000000 x
101. Alpha Server 8200 8400 Service Manual Order Number EK T8030 SV A01 This manual is intended for Digital service engineers It includes troubleshooting information configuration rules and instructions for removal and replacement of field replaceable units FRUs for AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 systems digital equipment corporation maynard massachusetts First Printing May 1995 The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document The software if any described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software or equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies Copyright 1995 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved Printed in U S A The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation AlphaGeneration AlphaServer DEC DECchip DEC LANcontroller OpenVMS StorageWorks VAX the AlphaGeneration logo and the DIGITAL logo OSF 1 is a registered trademark of the Open Software Foundation Inc Prestoserve is a trademark of Legato Systems Inc UNIX is a registered trademark in the U S and other countries licensed exclusively
102. Any TLSB node med TLBER lt 0 gt Terminator Centerplane Local node A C transmit check error se CPUs high Local node transmitted g A C parity error CPU high TLBER lt 9 gt Any TLSB node med Other node fails System clock card to assert command with request CPU high Any TLSB node med else Terminator Address bus Centerplane parity error TLBER lt 0 gt CPU high Any TLSB node med Terminator Centerplane 9 2 BX 0186 95 Local node address transmit check error 4 24 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TLBER lt 4 gt TLBER CSR No Acknowledge Error Select one TLEPAERR lt 15 gt 0 TLSB nonexistent CSR read TLEPAERR lt 15 gt 1 TLSB nonexistent CSR write TLBER lt 9 gt TLBER request deassertion error CPU high Any TLSB node med TLBER lt 5 gt Terminator Local node request Centerplane transmit check error CPU high Any TLSB node med else Other node request deassertion error TLBER lt 29 gt TLBER lt 28 gt Failed to correctly transmit CPU high sequence number Any TLSB node med Terminator else Centerplane Sequence error BX 0186A 95 DECeventEnorlLog 425 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TLBER lt 30 gt CPU high Any TLSB node med TLBER lt 28 gt Terminator Failed to transmit data control Centerplan
103. BPD z ST2 EB 2 BPD k d k f ST3 EB BPD 3 2 2 CO XMI C1 C2 A C3 POL EISA BI BO 7 z AO ILV 128 128 z 2 256 3 512MB AlphaServer 8400 Console v1 08 SROM V1 0 Apr 1 1995 16 17 26 P00 gt gt gt boot dka500 f1 0 a0 LFU boots UPD gt update kn7cc Confirm update on kn7cc ab0 Y N ly WARNING updates may take several minutes to complete for each device DO NOT ABORT 5 4 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules Remove the failing module see Section 5 4 In this example the primary processor is the failing module and it is in slot 0 Power up the system and make note of the version of console firmware in the remaining modules See in Example 5 2 Power down the system and remove all processor modules See Section 5 4 Insert the replacement processor module See Section 5 4 Power up the system and determine the version of console firmware in the replacement module If it is different from the other modules boot LFU and update the firmware using the update command See 9 Continued on next page TLSB Modules 5 5 Example 5 2 Replacing the Boot Processor Continued kn7cc ab0 Updating to 1 0 66 Verifying 1 0 66 UPD gt exit Initializing self test display appears P00 gt gt gt build e kn7cc ab0 Build EEPROM on kn7cc ab0 Y N gt y EEPROM built on kn7cc ab0 P00 gt gt gt F E D C B A
104. Customer experiences intermittent error Check error log Chapter 4 Restart system Check system self test display see Chapter 3 1 20 Service Manual Type init command Check system self test display see Chapter 3 Identify faulty FRU i Yes Boot operating system check error log see Chapter 4 Power down system and replace FRU Power up If system self test passes boot operating system Yes Identify faulty FRU Problem is beyond the scope of this Service Manual Call customer support center for help BX 0123 94 The system hardware console software and operating system software provide three types of troubleshooting tools as shown in Figure 1 13 Chapters 2 3 and 4 tell how to use these tools to isolate faulty components or report software problems for AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 systems Figure 1 13 Troubleshooting Tools General Types of Problems at Tools for Finding Problems Environmental Prob lems Temp Hum idity Air Pressure LEDs and Indicators Sorel moreno gna eae System Self Test and be Other Console Displays Hardware Problems ya Error Log Printout BX 0129A 94 Software Problems 0129A 9 Overview of the Systems 1 21 Part 1 Troubleshooting Chapter 2 Troubleshooting with LEDs This chapter tells how to use LED displays and other indicators t
105. ER lt 23 20 gt gt y 3 0 Select TLESRy TMEM high TMEMx TLESRy lt 17 gt on read from memory MDI TLSB inif error UDE on CSR read from memory memory error Inconsistent No DS bits set TMEM high Inconsistent or wrong TMEM Check all memories for UDE with some UDE on KFTXA read KFTXA high forioh rie BX 01862 95 Any TLSB node 4 50 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting 4 6 3 Machine Check 630 Enor Machine check 630 errors are soft errors all are ECC errors in the B cache on the chip All other ECC errors are reported in 620 error entries Figure 4 3 Machine Check 630 Errors Mchk 630 Error The CPU chip and PALcode recover from these errors BX 0197 95 DECeventEnorlLog 451 4 6 4 Machine Check 620 Enor Machine check 620 errors are all ECC errors outside the CPU chip or B cache Figure 4 4 Machine Check 620 Enor 620 El_ STAT lt 31 gt El_ STAT lt 30 gt El ADDR lt 39 gt I O address TLBER lt 18 gt TLBER lt 24 gt TLBER lt 23 20 gt TLESRx where x is 3 if TLBER lt 23 gt is set etc TLESRx lt 17 gt CPU high Any TLSB node med own CSR DIGA err Inconsistent CPU high No DS bits set El_ ADDR gt 38 36 lt 4 Select WSPC KFTxA KFTxA TLBER lt 18 gt TLBER lt 23 20 gt TLESRx where x is 3 if TLBER lt 23 is set etc KFTxA TLESRx lt 17 gt KFTXA high on Any TLSB node med read IDP TLSB interface error else WPerror KFT
106. Figure 23 4 DSSI PiU Power and Signal Hamess O0000 O Detail of drawer connector Power pins Detail of plastic connector Sawtooth edge BX 0739 94 23 8 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal SON Ng Ee BP Ne HS 9 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap Remove the disk bricks from the enclosure by pulling each brick toward you Loosen the two slotted captive screws at the top front of the enclosure Remove the two Phillips screws at the bottom front of the enclosure Pull the enclosure straight out of the cabinet Remove the rear panel of the enclosure which is attached to the enclosure by 12 Phillips screws Remove the three plastic connectors at the rear of the enclosure by pulling them straight out See in Figure 23 4 From the front of the enclosure compress the pins on one side of the plastic connector and push them through the hole repeat on the other side Pull the connector out from the rear Remove the drawer connector see by removing the two Phillips screws 10 Pull the cable harness through the opening for the drawer connector Replacement 1 Snake the repla
107. ISABLED Read Only Disable Reset Channel 0 DISABLED Disable Reset Channel 1 DISABLED Chnl 0 Fast SCSI DISABLED Chnl 1 Fast SCSI DISABLED Channel_O ID 07 Channel_1 ID 0 7 Module Serial Number abcdefghi Do you wish to modify any of these parameters y n y 2 6 18 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 When you modify the KZMSA LFU first displays all the parameters LFU asks if you want to modify any parameter values The default response is no Continued on next page Updating Firmware 6 19 Example 6 7 Modify Command Continued Local Console ENABLED Change y n Log Selftest Errors ENABLED Change y n Log NRC 53C710 RBD Errors ENABLED Change y n Log XMI RBD Errors ENABLED Change y n Log XZA RBD Errors ENABLED Change y n RBD Error Logging DISABLED Change y n Disable Reset Channel 0 DISABLED Change y n Disable Reset Channel 1 DISABLED Change y n Chnl 0 Fast SCSI DISABLED Change y n Chnl 1 Fast SCSI DISABLED Change y n Channel_0 ID 07 Change y n Channel_1 ID 07 Change y n Module Serial Number abcdefghi X Change y n Local Console ENABLED 4 Local Console ENABLED Log Selftest Errors ENABLED Log NRC 53C710 RBD Errors DISABLED Log XMI RBD Errors ENABLED Log XZA RBD Errors ENABLED RBD Error Logging DISABLED RBD Error Frame Overflow ENABLED Read Only Hard Error Frame Overflow ENABLED Read Only
108. LFU e List e Update e 6Exit e Display and Verify Commands e How to Update Corrupted Firmware e How to Modify Device Attributes Updating Firmware 6 1 6 1 Booting LFU LFU is supplied on the Alpha CD ROM Part Number AG PTMW BE where is the letter that denotes the disk revision Make sure this CD ROM is mounted in the in cabinet CD drive Boot LFU from the CD ROM Example 6 1 Booting LFU from CD ROM P00 gt gt gt sho dev 1 polling for units on isp0O slot 0 b s hoseO dka400 4 0 0 0 DKA400 RZ26L polling for units on ispl slot 1 bus0O hoseO polling for units on isp2 slot 4 busty hose0 polling for units on isp3 slot 5 bus hoses dkd400 4 0 5 0 DKD400 RRD44 dkd500 5 0 5 0 DKD500 RZ26L P00 gt gt gt boot dkd400 f1 0 a0 Building FRU table boot dkd400 4 0 5 0 flags 0 a0 SRM boot identifier scsi 4 0 5 0 400 ef00 81011 440C 0000 440C boot adapter isp3 rev 0 in bus slot 5 off of kftia0 in TLSB slot 8 block 0 of dkd400 4 0 5 0 is a valid boot block reading 1018 blocks from dkd400 4 0 5 0 bootstrap code read in base 200000 image_start 0 image_bytes 7f400 initializing HWRPB at 2000 initializing page table at 1f2000 initializing machine state setting affinity to the primary CPU jumping to bootstrap code Bootfile alpha8400 as8000_v01 exe 6 2 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 xxx x TLoadable Firmware Update Utility Display Displays
109. MOD OK LED lights Powerand Cooling Systems 18 3 18 1 2 Single Phase AC Distribution Box Removal and Replacement Shut off the circuit breaker disconnect the power cord disconnect the power cables on the front of the box and release the captive fasteners on the back of the box Tool required Phillips screwdriver Figure 18 2 Single Phase AC Distibution Box BX 0754 95 18 4 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 At the rear of the cabinet turn off the system circuit breaker by pushing down on the handle see in Figure 18 2 4 Disconnect the power cord see 5 At the front of the cabinet remove the cover from the power system box Use a Phillips screwdriver to release the two quarter turn fasteners see Lift the cover from the bottom slots Figure 18 2 shows the power system with the cover already removed 6 Disconnect the AC power cable see The AC distribution box has one or two power cables depending on the number of power regulators 7 At the rear of the cabinet use a Phillips screwdriver to release the captive fasteners see Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal section Verification Power up the system and check that the circuit breaker does
110. MTIR I I DPNSE 0 DPNSE 1 4 MB 70ns DRAM Strings Installed 2 DRAM timing Bus Spd 13 8 15 0 Refresh Cnt 1008 x00000000 Failing String x00000000 x10000000 Refresh Rate 2X Default x00008100 x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 8 x2000 Turbo Laser I O Module x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000001 Cpu Interrupt Mask x00000001 x00000000 Arbitration Control Minimum Suppress Control Suppress after 16 Transactions x80000000 Interrupt on NSES Set x00000000 x00000000 x00000006 Hose Power OK Hose Cable OK x00000000 x00000000 x00000800 x0000000000000000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 4 16 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting 4 5 3 DWLPA Motherboard PCIA Adapter Enor Log Registers on the DWLPA motherboard are printed in the error log when one of these errors occur You use the parse tree for the DWLPA motherboard to determine the most likely FRU Table 4 5 Parsing a DWIPA Motherboard Enor Example 4 7 Example 4 7 shows a sample DWLPA motherboard PCIA adapter error The corresponding parse tree is shown in Figure 4 6 The following steps isolate the error and the FRU most likely responsible This line identifies the error as a PCIA DWLPA motherboard adapter error The parse tree for the DWLPA motherboard starts with the ERRO register No bits are set in this register so we follow the tree down 2 The ERRI register is also all zeros so we follow the tree do
111. N7CC AB Initialize the CPU s nonvolatile RAM lt device gt KN7CC AA or KN7CC AB Initialize a module s serial EEPROM lt device gt MS7CC MS7BB KFTIA KFTHA DWLMA DWLAA or DWLPA Console Commandsand Environment Variables A 1 Table A 1 Summary of Console Commands Continued Command Description cl ear ee prom lt option gt cl ear lt envar gt cl ear sc reen c ontinue cra sh cre ate lt envar gt lt value gt da te lt yyyymmddhhmm ss gt d eposit b w 1 q 0 h n val s val space lt address gt lt data gt e xamine b w q 0 h n val s val space lt address gt he Ip lt command gt i nitialize Clears the selected EEPROM option lt option gt diag_sdd diag_tdd symptom or log Removes an environment variable lt envar gt name of the environment variable Clears the terminal screen Resumes processing at the point where it was interrupted by Ctrl P Causes the operating system to restart and generates a memory dump Creates an environment variable lt envar gt environment variable name lt value gt optional variable value Sets or displays the system date and time yyyy year mm month dd day hh hour mm minutes ss seconds Stores data in the specified location space device name or address space of the device to access lt address gt offset within a
112. OGGED ON NODE CLYPO1 unknown major class New errorlog created Timestamp Machine check 670 entry Crash Re start XMI System startup Volume mount Adapter Error Soft ECC error PP WW DY JW H DECeventEnorLog 4 5 4 4 Supported Event Types The events that DECevent logs for AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 systems can be logged by the CPU modules or one of the TLSB or subsidiary bus I O adapters Memory errors are logged by the CPU Table 4 2 Supported Event Types Event Types Description Machine check 670 670 processor checks Machine check 660 660 system machine checks 630 error interrupts 620 errors Extended CRD Adapter B cache correctable 630 interrupts 620 correctable system errors Memory single bit error footprints Adapter is logging entity Adapters include the KFTxA module DWLPA motherboard DWLMA and DWLLA Example 4 3 and Example 4 4 show a Digital UNIX entry for a 670 type machine check and an OpenVMS 620 error entry for a CRD corrected read data error The boxes enclose the area that identifies the event type 4 6 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Example 4 3 OSF Event Type Identification KK KK KKK KK KK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK RPNTRY LR KR KK KKK KK KK KK RK KK KK Logging OS System Architecture Event sequence number Timestamp of occurrence Host name AXP HW model Number of CPUs mpnum CPU logging event mperr Event validity 2 OSF 1 AXP 20 JAN 1995 13 57219 clyp01 Alp
113. PCI Plug In Unit Showing FRU Locations 0 ee eeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeenee 14 8 XMI Plug In Unit Front Showing FRU Locations ee eeeeeeeeeees 14 10 Futurebus Plug In Unit Front Showing FRU Locations 0 14 12 SCSI Disk Plug In Unit Front Showing FRU Locations 0 ee 14 14 DSSI Disk Plug In Unit Front Showing FRU Locations 0 14 16 Battery Plug In Unit Rear Showing FRU Locations ceseeeeeeeeee 14 18 Main Cabine tau paea Shi ethene La eS enh ee 15 2 Expander Cabinet sc i ccsshiessnasiaccealiass heaspeatageaslansoasteaiotctagh e i 15 4 System with Two Expander Cabinets Front View 15 5 Battery Cabinet 3 ti Avert ree a Gass ann Aoi ATS 15 6 System with Two Battery Cabinets Front View 15 7 Single Phase Power System inisini ninae rayi 15 8 Three Phase Power System ssessesesseeseseresesrerrreserrersererrersrrrererreessee 15 10 TESB Card Cage Top View ice riean a pa asia iae an Eiaa rinis 15 12 POTnterface onie E AR O E E E Lie 15 16 Location of PIU Quadrants seeeneseeeeeseeeesseerseeteersseresseeresseeresseressseee 15 18 PCE Plug In Umt rnio o eeue e e E EEES EERE EENES EES 15 20 PCI Shelf and Slot Assignments ceseesceceseceseeeseeeseecseesseeeeee 15 22 XML Plog sla Wits eee e ee gh tai a aa 15 24 Futurebus Plug In Unit cinia i aa eei 15 26 SCSI Storage Plug In Unit ne riretenier iie nnee ae aN Ee 15 28 SCSI Mounting Restrictions
114. Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 At the rear of the cabinet shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle To ensure that the circuit breaker is not unintentionally switched on again flip the lockout tag down Lock the tag in place with a padlock in the bottom hole of the bracket on either side of the tag See Section 18 2 2 step 4 4 Remove the appropriate panel of the battery plug in unit If you are working in battery block A remove the rear panel if battery block B or C remove the front panel 5 Break the main cable connection to the block of batteries in which you are working See in Figure 24 1 which shows the location of the main cable connection for battery block A This connection is in a similar location for blocks B and C next to the bottom half of the fuse 6 Remove the fuse cover by removing the screw Phillips at the top of the cover and pulling the cover toward you and down See Q 7 Use the fuse puller from the Electrical Safety Kit to grip the fuse and pull it out Replacement 1 Position the cutout in the fuse contact over the rivet in one end of the fuse holder See in Figure 24 1 Push the fuse into place 2 Replace the fuse cover 3 Connect the main cable connection to the battery block 4 Close the door of the battery plug in unit Verification
115. Plug In Unit 20 5 20 3 Motherboard Removal and Replacement Remove all option boards the line filter and the power board Remove the 11 mounting screws slide the motherboard to the right and rotate the bottom toward you Figure 20 3 PCI PiU Motherboard o p a a opp a j le ae Yi z z ze N x ADA SG n 4A j o W 43 S434 ey al lal Lez H allal In Me a A 7 AW BX 0766A 95 20 6 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Disconnect any cables from the front of the PCI shelf that might inhibit the PCI shelf from being fully extended on its slides 4 Remove the two screws Phillips at the top and two at the bottom that hold the PCI shelf in place see in Figure 20 3 5 Slide the shelf out until the slides lock 6 Loosen the two quarter turn screws in the top corners of the side panel see O Remove the side panel by holding it at the top and bottom and swinging it out from the top 7 Remove all option boards See Section 20 1 Disconnect the line filter power cable from the power board see 9 Remove the two screws Phillips and washers that hold the line filter in place see Remove the line filter from the box and set it aside 10 Remove th
116. Power up the system and run the show power command Battery Plug In Unit 24 3 24 2 Cable Removal and Replacement Remove the fuse for the battery block with which you are working before removing the cable Figure 24 2 Battery PIU Rear Showing Cable Routing 17 03421 01 17 03494 01 XX To Regulator A iD 17 03494 02 To Regulator B 17 03494 02 17 03421 01 Block B 17 03493 01 17 03494 03 To Regulator C Fuse B 17 03421 01 Fuse C Block A 17 03494 01 17 03493 01 17 03421 01 Block C 17 03492 01 03494 03 he 24 4 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Follow the procedure in Section 24 1 to remove the fuse 2 Disconnect the cable and remove it See the detail drawing of the cable in Figure 24 2 for routing Replacement 1 Snake the replacement cable through the channel in the side of the cabinet 2 Make all cable connections as shown in Figure 24 2 3 Ifyou are replacing the battery sense cable 17 0342 1 01 route it along the power cable path to the appropriate battery block 4 Replace the fuse See the Replacement procedure in Section 24 1 Verification Power up the system and run the show power command Battery Plug In Unit 24 5 24 3 Battery Removal and Replacement Remove the fuse for the battery block you are replacing Then remove the battery hold down bracket and the batteries For blocks B and C remove the front batteries
117. R lt 24 gt 3 Dismiss Other TLEP CSR write from should show this TLEPx error on another branch of parse tree else Look for another Inconsistent TLEP with TLBER wrong TLEP lt 24 gt set If found not a TLEP inconsistent TLEPx TLEPAERR lt 7 gt _ Search all other TLEPs CPU high Any TLSB node med CSR write from another TLEP TLSB DIGA interface error else Inconsistent CPU high TLEPAERR lt 7 gt ECC error detected somewhere else in system BX 0186P 95 4 40 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TLBER 31 26 16 7 6 2 1 lt gt 0 Search all KFTxAs TLBER lt 29 gt TLBER lt 28 gt KFTXA high Any TLSB node med Failed to correctly transmit sequence number else KFTXA high equence error Any TLSB node med LBER lt 1 gt TLBER lt 10 gt KFTXA high TLBER lt 0 gt Any TLSB node med Address transmit check error else Address transmiter FTA high during error TLBER lt 9 gt KFTXA high Request deassertion ANYI SBNOAE med error else KFTXA high Address bus parity error Any TLSB node med TLBER lt 7 gt Adapter on bus Memory mapping error connected to KFTxA high KFTxA med TLBER lt 2 gt KFTXA high TLSB bank busy error 1 2 BX 0186Q 95 DECeventEnorlLog 441 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TLBER lt 6 gt KFTxA high TLSB
118. RUs Accessible from the Rear of the Cabinet FRUs in the Battery Cabinet FRUs in the PCI Plug In Unit FRUs in the XMI Plug In Unit FRUs in the Futurebus Plug In Unit FRUs in the SCSI Storage Plug In Unit FRUs in the DSSI Disk Plug In Unit FRUs in the Battery Plug In Unit Cables Field Replaceable Units 14 1 14 1 FRUs Accessible from the Front of the Cabinet FRUs that can be accessed from the front of the cabinet include the TLSB centerplane and card cage the system clock module some logic modules the control panel the power regulators the blower and some plug in units Figure 14 1 Platform Cabinet Front Showing FRU Locations 0 o J Front 3 O or O p Bij Q O 00 0 BX 0700A 94 14 2 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 1 2 Oo 0000 8 OO 8 0O 70 29332 01 54 21728 01 KN7CC AA or KN7CC AB MS7CC BA or MS7CC CA or MS7CC DA or MS7CC EA or MS7CC FA 54 20306 01 RRDCD CA 30 39348 01 or 30 33796 0x 12 35173 01 DWLMA xx BA655 AB or BA654 AA H7237 AA 2 TLSB centerplane and card cage System clock module E2056 CA single processor module E2056 DA dual processor module E2035 BA memory module 128 Mbytes includes 16 54 21724 01 SIMMs E2035 CA memory module 256 Mbytes includes 32 54 21724 01 SIMMs E203
119. STAT lt 30 gt El_STAT lt 39 gt 1 I O space TLBER lt 16 gt TLBER lt 24 gt TLBER lt 3 0 gt select TLESRx TLESRx lt 17 gt OPU high UDE reading own CSR 7 SB node me DIGA TLSB Interface Te minator error else UDE reading own CSR DIGA error Inconsistent Should not no DS bits set El_ ADDR lt 38 36 gt 7 El_ADDR 24 22 gt NODEx Select TLSB CSR Node NODEx TLBER lt 16 gt NODEx TLBER lt 24 gt INODEx TLBER lt 3 0 gt Select TLESRx TLESRx lt 17 gt pei F r UDE on CSR me read of NODEx Terminator NODEx Centerplane INT TLSB error else NODEx NODEx UDE on CSR read of NODEx NODEx Interface error Should not no DS bits set happen Should not happen UDE on Readof CPU high NODEx CSR BX 0186F 95 099 09 4 30 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued 0000 El_ ADDR lt 38 36 gt lt 4 Select WSPC KFTxA where 0 node4 4 node8 KFTxAy TLBER lt 16 gt KFTxAy TLBER lt 24 gt KFTxAy TLBER lt 3 0 gt Select TLESRx KFTxAy TLESRx lt 17 gt UDE writing window space return data KFTxA high CPU med Any TLSB node low ene KFTXA high KFTxAy UDE writing Amg window space return data KFTxA l IDP error else l nconsistent KFTXA high no DS bits set else _ KFTxA high Inconsistent alse CPU high UDE receiving window 09 space return data DP
120. Soft Error Frame Overflow DISABLED Read Only FW Update Error Frame Overflow DISABLED Read Only Disable Reset Channel 0 DISABLED Disable Reset Channel 1 DISABLED Chnl 0 Fast SCSI DISABLED Chnl 1 Fast SCSI DISABLED Channel_O ID 07 Channel_l ID 07 Module Serial Number abcdefghi Modify kzmsa0 with these parameter values y n y UPD gt 6 20 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 LFU prompts for parameters to modify This example modifies one parameter on the KZMSAO logging of ROM based diagnostic errors is now enabled LFU displays the list of parameters with modifications If these modified values are acceptable type y Updating Firmware 6 21 Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Chapter 7 Field Replaceable Units This chapter shows the location of all field replaceable units FRUs A part number is called out for each FRU Sections in this chapter include FRUs Accessible from the Front of the Cabinet FRUs Accessible from the Rear of the Cabinet FRUs in the Processor System Unit FRUs in the PCI Shelf FRUs in the StorageWorks Shelf FRUs in the Power Regulator Cables Field Replaceable Units 7 1 7 1 FRUs Accessible from the Front of the Cabinet Figure 7 1 shows the location of field replaceable units FRUs that can be accessed from the front of the AlphaServer 8200 cabinet Figure 7 1 AlphaServer 8200 Cabinet Front FRU Locations
121. U DIGA TLSB int error Should not happen CPU high UDE on a CSR read DIGA EV5 error BX 0186G 95 DECevent ErorLog 431 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TLBER lt 16 gt TLBER lt 24 gt TLBER lt 3 0 gt Select TLESRx TLESRx lt 17 gt CPU high UDE on read dirty Any TLSB node med from other CPU Terminator DIGA TLSB Centerplane interface error else UDE on read dirty from other CPU DIGA EV5 Bcache error Inconsistent No DS bits set CPU high BX 0186H 95 Should not happen 4 32 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued 1 TGJ TLMMR7 0 Select bank number TMEMx TLVID bank number TMEMx TLBER lt 16 gt TMEMx TLBER lt 24 gt TMEMx TLBER lt 3 0 gt Select TLESRx TMEMx TLESRx lt 17 gt UDE on read Memory high from TMEMx Any TLSB node med MDI TLSB Terminator TLSB centerplane else from TMEMx SIMMs Inconsistent _ Should not happen No DS bits set TLEPx TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TLEPs TLEPx TLBER lt 24 gt TLEPx TLBER lt 3 0 gt Select TLESRx TLEPx TLESRx lt 17 gt CPU high Any TLSB node med Terminator TLSB centerplane TLEPx TLESRx lt 22 gt CPU high TLEPx TLESR CPU high Inconsistent CPU high Inconsistent Should not happen BX 01861 95 DECeventEnorLog 433 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued 1 l Inconsistent ese error
122. XA high Inconsistent no DS bits BX 0192A 95 4 52 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 4 Machine Check 620 Eror Continued 9 I_ADDR 38 36 7 EI_ADDR 24 22 NODEx Select TLSB CSR node NODEx TLBER lt 18 gt NODEx TLBER lt 23 20 gt bit 23 y 3 etc Select TLESRy NODEx TLESRy lt 17 gt NODEx high R read of NODEx Any TLSB node med NODEx data interface TLSB error else rr on CSR read on NODEx NODES high Data interface error Inconsistent NODEx high No DS bits else rr on CSR read on NODEx ego error at DIGA TLSB Inconsistent error bits Inconsistent_ could be CPU reporting error or a problem with error state capture CRDE on CSR read DIGA TLSB interface error BX 192B 95 DECeventEnorLog 453 Figure 4 4 Machine Check 620 Eror Continued 0G TLBER lt 18 gt TLBER lt 24 gt TLBER lt 23 20 gt 23 gt TLESR3 22 gt TLESR2 etc CRDE on read dirty Any TLSB node med from other CPU DIGA TLSB interface error else CRDE on read dirty from other CPU EV5 Bcache DIGA error Inconsistent DQO No DS bits CPU high CPU high BX 0192C 95 4 54 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 4 Machine Check 620 Eror Continued OOO TLMMR7 0 Select Bank TMEMx TLBER lt 18 gt TMEMx TLBER lt 23 20 gt 23 gt TLESR3 22 gt TLESR2 etc MEMx TLESRx lt 17 gt El STAT lt 34 gt CRDE on I s
123. acknowledge transmit Any TLSB node med check error TLBER lt 27 gt KFTXA high TLSB address bus transmit 47 TLSB node med check error TLBER lt 30 gt KFTXA high TLBER lt 28 gt Failed to transmit data control Any TESB node med signal correctly else KFTXA high TLBER lt 28 gt KFTXA high TLSB data control transmit Any TLSB node med error TLBER lt 31 gt KFTXA high TLSB data timeout Any TLSB node med KFTXA high Any TLSB node med TLBER lt 26 gt Unexpected acknowledgment error TLBER lt 25 gt KFTXA high Fatal data transmit check error Any TLSB node med TLBER lt 9 gt TLBER lt 5 gt KFTXA high Request transmit check error Any TLSB node med Request deassertion error Any TLSB node med BX 0186R 95 4 42 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TLBER lt 5 gt KFTXA high Request transmit check error Any TLSB node med TLBER lt 8 gt KFTXA high Fatal no ackknowledge error 47 memory med KFTXA high TLBER lt 0 gt Any TLSB node med Address transmit check error KFTxA ICCNSE 29 30 27 ICCNSE 29 KFTxA high TLSB window overflow ICCNSE 30 TLSB RM overflow ICCNSE 27 ICC internal error KFTXA high KFTXA high KFTxA IDPNSE 27 24 Examine one of four for KFTHA one of two for KFTIA IDENSE lt 27 gt KFTXA high
124. aeenaes 3 6 Sample Test Command for Entire System ce eeeeeeseeereeeereeereeenee 3 7 Sample Test Command for PCI eee eeeeeseecssceeneeseseeeneeeeseeeeseeesaes 3 8 Console Mode No Failing SIMMS ou eeseeseeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee 3 9 Console Mode Failing SIMMs Found eeeeseeseeeeseeeneeceeseeeeeaee 3 10 Examples of the Info Command eee eeeeeeeeeeseceneeeeeereneeeeseeeesaes 3 11 Show Power Commands irrin eiieeii issos ina 4 1 Producing an Error Log with DECevent eeeeeneeeeeeeeeerrererreeere 4 2 Summary Error LO poesins isipan nna ai eeii 4 3 OSF Event Type Identification sseeeseeeeeeeeeereeeeereserereserersreereseressree 4 4 OpenVMS Event Type Identification s seseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeererreeereeerereeeee 4 5 Sample Machine Check 660 Error Log Entry ssessecceeeeerseeerreereeeees 4 6 Sample Machine Check 620 Error Log Entry ssscesccerereeerrrrerere 4 7 Sample DWLPA Motherboard Error Log Entry 5 1 Replacing the Only Processor Module cecesceescccseeeeseeeteeeneeeneers 5 2 Replacing the Boot Processor eseseccsseesseecsseeeseeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 3 Adding or Replacing a Secondary ProcessoOl scccseesseeeseeseeeneeeees 6 1 Booting LFU from CD ROM ceeecceessceesneeceseeeeessteeeeseeeesaeessaeers 6 2 List Command ae a 8 ach iE E As ash AE oA 6 3 Update Command n iis e e E A E TE 6 4 Exit Comandas iiir ne T E a 6 5 Display and Verify Commands ee
125. and Front KFTHA KFTIA Slot Modules 45678 Centerplane TLSB Power Filter 3 210 Processor and Memory Modules 1 4 Service Manual AlphaServer 8200 Front Not used mm f 765 4 KFTIA 7 Module Processor Memory I O Modules BX 0111A 94 Figure 1 3 shows the location of the TLSB card cage in each system and the node numbers for the slots that contain either CPU memory or I O modules or fillers which provide EMI protection direct airflow and terminate the TLSB system bus Figure 1 4 shows the front of the four types of modules Also shown is a generic module Notice the molded cover on the right side of the module each type of module has a different cover specially molded to follow the shape of the components on the module These covers ensure swift even airflow around the components for proper cooling Thus if you have occasion to remove the covers from a module be sure that you put them back correctly Figure 1 4 General Appearance of TLSB Modules ju o o l i CPU Memory KFTHA KFTIA Side 2 x f Side 1 BX 0132A 94 Overview of the Systems 1 5 1 3 KN7CC Processor Module Up to six KN7CC modules can be used in an AlphaServer 8400 system and up to three in an AlphaServer 8200 system A processor module contains either one or two CPU chips Fi
126. and modules and out the back of the system A paper placed at the back of the system near the main cooling fan will be blown outward NOTE Do not place anything on top of the system as that will restrict airflow and may cause the modules to overheat The power regulators have fans at the DC output side of the regulator The OVERTEMP LED lights if these units overheat The fans draw air in to the back and through the DC regulators AC input and battery backup if present components of the system Paper is drawn in to the fan in this case The PCI shelf has two fans that blow air out drawing air through the vented front of the shelf where the adapters are Thus paper placed near the fans on the PCI shelf are blown outward in this case StorageWorks shelves used in the AlphaServer 8200 system have fans mounted in the back of the shelf that draws air inward Figure 2 15 Troubleshooting the 8200 Cooling System Related fan Replace fan or entire unit working Airflow restricted Turn system off YeS_ Remove restriction BX 0178 95 Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 17 2 4 Troubleshooting the 8400 Power Subsystem 2 4 1 8400 AC Input Box There are two kinds of AC input box for AlphaServer 8400 systems depending on the type of regulator used Figure 2 16 8400 AC Input Box Single Phase Power _ d Rear E Three Phase Power
127. and toward the rear of the power regulator chassis Be careful not to scrape the daughter card on the standoffs Guide the battery power cables away from the other cables during removal Replacement Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure PowerSystem 10 7 10 3 Power Stip Removal and Replacement The power strip is attached to the rear of the cabinet by four screws The power strip is installed in dual power regulator systems only Figure 10 5 Power Stip BX 0633 94 10 8 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 Push the control panel On Off button to Off 2 Remove the rear cabinet door by loosening the two bolts at the bottom of the cabinet and lifting the door off the two brackets 3 Unplug the power cord from the power strip see and shut the circuit breaker off 4 Shut the power regulator circuit breakers off by pushing down the handles see 6 5 Unplug the power cables from the power strip See 6 Remove the four Phillips screws that attach the power strip to the vertical rails Replacement Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure PowerSystem 10 9 10 4 Blower Removal and Replacement The blower is attached to the PSU by 13 Phillips screws Access to some of these screws is difficult You will need a 1 4 inch drive ratchet with a 12 inch extension and a long Phillips screwdriver Figure 10 6 Blower
128. apter 3 Figure 2 4 PCI FDDI and NVRAM Options on KFTIA FDDI option Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 5 2 1 3 Troubleshooting a PCI Shelf LEDs show the status of the power supplies as well as the adapter self test results in the PCI shelf mounted vertically in the AlphaServer 8400 horizontally in the AlphaServer 8200 Figure 2 5 PCI PIU in an 8400 Hose 48V Power DWLPA LED Numbers 1 2 BX 0165A 95 Table 2 2 LEDs in a PCI Shelf LED No Meaning When Lit 1 On board power system OK 2 Motherboard self test passed 3 48 VDC power supply OK 4 _Hose error 2 6 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 2 6 PCI Shelf in an 8200 0 sees eee eee 2 3 DWLPA LED numbers BX 0174 95 Figure 2 7 Troubleshooting a PCI Shelf Check Cabling to PCI shelf Check to make sure the clip connectors are engaged properly If so proceed to Check 48V Power Supply Internal Power System Error On 8200 check fans Replace if not running On 8400 check for jumper cable replacing fan connection Replace Power Board No Q Replace Motherboard Yes G9 Hose Error Some error has occurred in the protocol governing the transfer of data over the hose Replace the hose first the mother board second the KFTHA or KFTIA third BX 0141 94 Troubleshooting with LEDs
129. aracters 35 47 0 cccccccccceesesssececeeneeee 3 27 Full Data Packet Values for Characters 48 54 ccccccccccccceeeeeeeeees 3 28 Sample Full History Data Packet eee eeeeesseecessseeeneecsneeesseeeesneessneers 3 28 Machine Check 670 Error cccccccccccsccccccccceeseeeeeeessssssssssnssscseceeeeeeeees 4 23 Machine Check 660 Error cccccccceesccccccccecccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeenstnsstenseeees 4 24 Machine Check 630 Errors ccccccccccsescseceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeesstsesstsstsnseeaes 4 51 Machine Check 620 Error 0 ccccccccccsccccceccceseeeeeeeessesssssssssseceeceeeeeeeees 4 52 KFTXA Error Parse Tree cccsscessssseccccecceceecnaeeeaeeececcceecceeeseaannaeeeeees 4 61 DWLPA Error Parse Tree cccccccsssssecccceccccecceeecaaeesseceeeccceeessaaesaaeeeees 4 64 DWEMA Brtor Parse Tree maratani teie E a E NN 4 67 Processor Memory or Terminator Module ceccccessseeesteeeeteeeeenees 5 12 Removing a SIMM ia ting i Soh Sa ead st bs ok Roe E EE EEEE 5 14 SIMM Connector Numbers E2035 Module cccceeeessceeeeeeeeeeees 5 16 SIMM Connector Numbers E2036 2 Gbyte Module e 5 17 W O n ONAE n AEE E ET E 5 18 KEHA Module nae E E E E ek 5 20 FDDI Daughter Catd sonein a a e a a aTe 5 22 NVRAM Dausht r Cardia inerias nnion n i o se Ssa 5 24 NVRAM Battery sca sisscd cites Vivteseebisihs ts deasdess oria EESO EVER aa ae aS r riS 5 26 AlphaServer 8200 Cabinet
130. ary Micro Firmware Rev 220 2 0 20 Power Supply State NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL AC Line Voltage V RMS 113 71 114 35 115 93 DC Bulk Voltage VDC 227 02 227 02 227 02 48V DC Bus Voltage VDC 47 57 47 57 47 57 48V DC Bus Voltage ADC 30 17 29 68 29 58 48V Battery Pack Voltage VDC 50 85 50 72 47 91 24V Battery Pack Voltage VDC 25 56 29596 23x95 Battery Pack Charge Current IDC 2 91 2 90 0 Ambient Temperature Degree C 26 22 24 80 24 75 Elapsed Time Hours 290 00 290 00 290 00 Remaining Battery Capacity Minutes 8 00 8 00 8 00 Battery Cutoff Counter Cycles 0 1 00 1 00 Battery Configuration 4 Batteries 4 Batteries 4 Batteries Heatsink Status NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL Battery Pack Status CHARGING CHARGING DISCHG G Last UPS Test Status PASSED PASSED TESTING LDC POWER Status OK PIU Primary Status OK PIU Secondary Status OK 3 20 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting 3 6 Regulator Info Packets 8400 Three Phase Power When the console software is not working but 48V power is being supplied to the system you can obtain detailed information about the power system by typing a control sequence and data characters that cause a coded data packet to be displayed at the console terminal Figure 3 3 Command Format B Ctrl B B Ctrl B Command S Full current status H Saved status B Brief status T 5 second battery test XXXXX D Deep discharge test A Abort test F 4 batteries E 8 batteries Regul
131. at the connecting cable is properly seated in the DWZZA VA and at the other end in the FWD adapter Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 9 2 2 Troubleshooting the 8200 Power Subsystem 2 2 1 8200 Power Regulators The 8200 power regulators accept single phase AC and produce 48 VDC power Figure 2 9 8200 Power Regulators AC Input Side Rear View BX 0146C 95 AC input cable to AC power strip Used wth two regulators Power plugs and cables providing AC input to the individual regulators Circuit breakers on power strip Lower controls left plug higher controls right two plugs 0000 Regulator circuit breaker Use power strip breakers if two regulators 2 10 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 2 10 8200 AC Input Troubleshooting Steps Single Power Regulator Circuit Breaker Circuit Tripped Breaker On On Two Power Regulators Circuit Breaker Power Strip Tripped right two plugs Circuit gt a Breaker On Left plug N Check for breaker trip due to power surge Check to make sure no one has intentionally powered the system down If not the breaker may have been tripped by an outside power surge or a short wi
132. ate but related systems The AlphaServer 8400 and 8200 systems both use the same system bus called the TLSB The processor memory and I O adapter units that can be configured on this bus are also the same The cabinets and the components they are designed to carry vary Figure 1 1 AlphaServer 8400 and 8200 System Cabinets BX 0118 95 Overview of the Systems 1 1 1 1 AlphaServer 8400 8200 Overview The AlphaServer 8400 has a 9 slot system bus and the cabinet is designed to house plug in units that contain XMI Futurebus and PCI EISA buses as well as SCSI and DSSI I O devices The AlphaServer 8200 system has a 5 slot system bus and is designed to house PCI EISA buses and SCSI devices Figure 1 2 AlphaServer 8400 and 8200 Systems AlphaServer 8200 Departmental Server AlphaServer 8400 Enterprise Server BX 0119B 94 1 2 Service Manual The AlphaServer 8400 and 8200 systems are described in detail in the Technical Summary for these systems Here are some highlights concentrating on serviceability You will probably find the AlphaServer 8200 system in an office environment The AlphaServer 8400 systems are generally found in temperature and humidity controlled data center or laboratory environments Troubleshooting aids for both systems include e Easily seen and labeled LEDs and indicators e A system self test display that appears on the system console terminal at po
133. ation Power up the system and check the LEDs on the front of the disk brick DSS Disk Plug In Unit 23 5 23 3 Disk Removal and Replacement Pull the brick from the enclosure and loosen the two slotted captive screws in the front bezel Disconnect cables press the latch pin and slide the disk drive from the brick Figure 23 3 DSSI PIU Disks BX 0737 94 23 6 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 NOTE These instructions apply to either drive in the brick Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Remove the front bezel from the disk brick by loosening the captive screw and pulling the bezel away from the brick See in Figure 23 3 4 Remove the three cables from the connectors beneath the disk drive See 5 Press down the latch pin under the skid plate on the disk drive See Slide the disk drive forward Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification Power up the system and check the LEDs on the front of the disk brick DSS Disk Plug In Unit 23 7 23 4 Powerand Signal Hamess Removal and Replacement Remove the enclosure from the cabinet Remove the rear panel which is attached to the enclosure by 12 Phillips screws Pull the three plastic connectors straight out remove the two Phillips screws from the drawer connector and compress and push the pins from the front
134. ational fatal error detected On On Self test in progress or self test failed Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 31 2 8 Troubleshooting an 8400 DSSI PIU Check the disk control panel The control panel has four indicator switches Table 2 11 lists the functions of the indicator switches Figure 2 29 DSSI Disk Control Panel p gt Power Ready J m Ready J Write Protect J J m Write Protect i Fault Fault P aa au J i J yp Power BXB 0045 92 2 32 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Table 2 11 Indicator Switches on DSSI Disk Control Panel Pushbutton Indic ator Switch Position Light Function DC Pwr Out On DC power present Green In Off DC power not present Ready In On Integrated storage element on line Green Out Off Integrated storage element off line Wit Prot In On Write protection enabled Yellow Out Off Write protection disabled Fault Momentary On Fault condition Red Switch Off Normal operation Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 33 Chapter 3 Console Display and Diagnostics This chapter describes how hardware diagnostic programs are executed when the system is initialized Sections include Checking Self Test Results Console Display 8200 Self Test Show Config Display for 8200 8400 Self Test Show Config Display for
135. ator Identification A regulator A B regulator B C regulator C C o M carriage return C BX 0185 95 Entering a Command Packet To enter a command packet at the console terminal 1 Type Ctrl B two times 2 Type the one letter command 3 Type the power regulator identification letter 4 Type Ctrl M to terminate the packet Console Display and Diagnostics 3 21 3 6 1 Brief Data Packet The B command packet returns a nine character summary of power status Figure 3 4 Sample Brief Data Packet Regulator identifier A in this example Battery capacity remaining in minutes 23 Heatsink state temperature within range Battery pack state discharging Test status battery pack passed test Power supply status normal AC Checksum A 23 0 P 1 84 BX 0187 95 The character format is 8 bits no parity with one stop bit The baud rate is 9600 3 22 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 3 5 Brief Data Packet Struc ture 12 3 45 6 7 8 9 l 0 Normal AC operation 1 UPS mode 2 Breaker open 3 No AC voltage L Checksum p Power Supply State PSS 4 Keyswitch off Test Status TS Battery Pack State BPS 0 Battery pack not installed 5 Nonfatal fault 6 Fatal fault L5 2 0 Battery pack not installed E Battery pack failure W Battery pack not ready B UPS inhibit J only if test requested C Char
136. back mode Starting network exerciser on ewb0 0 0 2 4 id 66e in internal loopback mode Starting network exerciser on ewc0 0 0 6 4 id 697 in internal loopback mode Configuring kfesb0 KFESB is not of required revision Device start Configuring kfesbl duc0 0 0 1004 3 R2WUICSDIAO RF72 duc5 5 0 1004 3 RF3111SDIA5 RF31 Configuring isp0 Configuring ispl Configuring isp2 Configuring isp3 Configuring isp4 Configuring isp5 dkh100 1 0 5 4 DKH100 RZ26L 440C dkh200 2 0 5 4 DKH200 RZ26L 440C dkh300 3 0 5 4 DKH300 RZ26L 440C 3 14 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Starting device exerciser on dkh100 1 0 5 4 id 89e in READ ONLY mode Stopping device exerciser on dkh100 1 0 5 4 id 89e Starting device exerciser on dkh200 2 0 5 4 id 95a in READ ONLY mode Stopping device exerciser on dkh200 2 0 5 4 id 95a Starting device exerciser on dkh300 3 0 5 4 id 9cl in READ ONLY mode Stopping device exerciser on dkh300 3 0 5 4 id 9c1 Starting device exerciser on duc0 0 0 1004 3 id a30 in READ ONLY mode Stopping device exerciser on duc0 0 0 1004 3 id a30 Starting device exerciser on duc5 5 0 1004 3 id b83 in READ ONLY mode Stopping device exerciser on duc5 5 0 1004 3 id b83 Starting device exerciser on dkh100 1 0 5 4 id c9a in READ ONLY mode Stopping device exerciser on dkh100 1 0 5 4 id c9a Starting device exerciser on dkh200 2 0 5 4 id d01 in READ ONLY mode Stopping device exerciser on dkh200 2 0
137. binet Shut the circuit breaker off If the system has three phase power ensure that the circuit breaker is not unintentionally switched on again by flipping the lockout tag down and locking the tag in place with the padlock from the Electrical Safety Toolkit Place the padlock in the bottom hole of the bracket on either side of the tag See Section 18 2 2 step 4 4 Remove the eight screws Phillips from the top and bottom blower flanges four each See in Figure 18 6 5 Disconnect the 48V cable See 6 Remove the four screws Phillips in the tabs protruding from the bottom of the blower box See Q WARNING Theblower weighs 25 kg 55 Ib Do not remove the blower from the cabinet by yoursef 7 From the rear push the blower assembly forward out of the cabinet 16 inches 8 From the front of the cabinet and with one person on each side of the blower use the handholds on the sides of the box to grasp and pull the blower assembly out the rest of the way See in Figure 18 6 Replacement 1 Apply silicone lubricant to the gaskets on the top and bottom surfaces of the replacement blower 2 Orient the replacement blower so that the handholds in the box are at the bottom 3 Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification Power up the system and check that the blower turns on Powerand Cooling Systems 18 13 Chapter 19 TLSB Card Cage This chapter contains the following sections e System Clock Module Re
138. binet or in the battery cabinet Figure 15 18 Battery Plug In Unit Block B BX 0718 94 15 32 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the Battery Plug In Unit The maximum number of battery PIUs is one in the main cabinet and one in each expander cabinet The optional battery cabinet holds two battery PIUs Each battery PIU contains a minimum of one and a maximum of three blocks of batteries Each block contains four batteries One block of batteries is required for each power regulator When battery backup is used for the main cabinet it is recommended that it also be used for the expander cabinets Battery PIU Configuration Rules The battery PIU uses two quadrants Q3 and Q4 see Figure 15 10 The battery block labeled A in Figure 15 18 is in the rear when the battery PIU is installed in the cabinet It consists of two batteries in the top tray and two batteries in the bottom Battery block B is in the front when the PIU is installed in the cabinet It consists of four batteries in the top tray Battery block C is also in the front it consists of four batteries in the bottom tray Battery block A corresponds to power regulator A see Figure 15 4 battery block B to power regulator B and battery block C to power regulator C If you reconfigure the power regulators see page 15 7 you must also reconfigure the batteries Configuration Rules 15 33 Chapter 16 Cabinet Doors and Panels T
139. binet with Phillips screws Connections to the assembly use 8 mm and 10 mm nuts Removal and replacement require access to both the front and rear of the cabinet Figure 18 5 Three Phase DC Distribution Box Front O O O O fe 6 O O BX 0728 94 18 10 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 At the rear of the cabinet shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle To ensure that the circuit breaker stays off flip the lockout tag down Lock the tag in place with the padlock from the Electrical Safety Toolkit Place the padlock in the bottom hole of the bracket on either side of the tag See Section 18 2 2 step 4 4 Disconnect the system power cord 5 From the front of the cabinet remove the power regulators See Section 18 2 1 6 Remove the eight screws Phillips from the top and bottom flanges four each See Q in Figure 18 5 7 From the rear of the cabinet remove the AC input box See Section 18 2 2 8 If this cabinet has a battery plug in unit disconnect the two pin connector in each block of batteries See Section 15 2 steps 3 and 4 9 At the rear of the cabinet remove the plastic covers from the battery terminals and the DC distribution bars See in Figure 18 5 10 Remove all 48VDC
140. cement harness through the opening for the drawer connector 2 Position the drawer connector so that the side with the two large power pins is to the left see detail of drawer connector in Figure 23 4 Attach the drawer connector with the two Phillips screws 3 Insert the three plastic connectors in the openings in the rear of the enclosure so that the sawtooth edge of each is at the bottom see detail of plastic connector Push each connector into the opening until it snaps in place 4 Replace the rear panel of the enclosure The arrow on the panel must point toward the blower 5 Slide the enclosure into the cabinet Replace the bottom two Phillips screws and tighten the top two captive screws Replace the disk bricks Verification Power up the system and check the CCL module for power to the quadrant Check the LEDs on the front of all disk bricks DSS Disk Plug In Unit 23 9 Chapter 24 Battery Plug In Unit This chapter contains the following sections e Fuse Removal and Replacement e Cable Removal and Replacement e Battery Removal and Replacement Battery Plug In Unit 24 1 24 1 Fuse Removal and Replacement Shut the circuit breaker off padlock the lockout tag in place and break the main cable connection to the battery block in which you are working Remove the fuse cover and use the fuse puller to remove the fuse Figure 24 1 Battery PIU Fuse BX 0740 94 24 2 Service Manual
141. center of the cabinet The blower spins up when you turn the keyswitch to Enable Figure 2 24 Blower Rear BX 0166 94 2 26 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 2 25 shows the troubleshooting steps for the blower NOTE If the blower spins up but the control panel Fault LED blinks for more than 30 seconds check the BLOWER OK signal cable If the signal cable is properly connected then replace the CCL module Figure 2 25 Blower Troubleshooting Steps No Blower spinning check AC power supply Q check DC regulators check the cabling from the DC regulators to the blower Check to make sure that the power plug from the DC power supply is seated in the blower s power receptacle see Figure 2 24 9 Replace the blower Check power further down the line See next section BX 0170 94 Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 27 2 6 Troubleshooting 8400 XMI and Futurebus Each XMI and Futurebus has two power regulators with LEDs and switches Figure 2 26 XMI and Futurebus Bus Power Regulator Q Q Q O Q O O O Connector PIU has O O been removed RESET Q V OUT DISABLE N ENABLE 48V Signals Regulator B Regulator A BX 0172 95 Table 2 7 I O PIU Power Switches Regulator B Switch Function RESET Momentary switch resets all LEDs on both regulator
142. connections 8 mm nuts See 11 Disconnect any battery connections 10 mm nuts See 12 If present disconnect the battery sense cable See 13 Disconnect the control status cable See 14 Remove the four flathead screws Phillips from the floor of the enclosure See 15 Pull the DC distribution box out from the front Replacement 1 Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure When reconnecting the 48 VDC and battery connections steps 10 and 11 in the Removal procedure torque the nuts to 2 5 newton meters 22 inch pounds 2 Check that battery connections step 11 in the Removal procedure are correct 3 Check that 48V connections step 10 in the Removal procedure are correct Verification Power up the system and check that the yellow LED on the CCL module lights that the PIU LEDs on the CCL module light and that the blower turns on Powerand Cooling Systems 18 11 18 3 Blower Removal and Replacement The blower attaches to the cabinet with Phillips screws Removal and replacement require two persons and access to the front and rear of the cabinet WARNING The blower weighs 25 kg 55 Ib Figure 18 6 Blower Q BX 0729 94 18 12 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Open the rear door of the ca
143. cover plate from the TLSB card cage by loosening the two captive screws Disconnect the clock module to CCL signal cable 17 04054 01 See Remove the safety shield by removing one kepnut The safety shield covers the power leads See Disconnect the power leads from the output side of the line filter Loosen the three kepnuts around the lower terminator module guide See Grasp the line filter with one hand and then remove the three loosened kepnuts Processor System Unit 11 7 11 3 2 Remove the TLSB Card Cage After preparing the cabinet and removing the line filter remove the TLSB card cage by loosening or removing eight screws Access is from the front and rear of the cabinet Figure 11 10 TLSB Card Cage Rear View BX 0630 94 11 8 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 At the rear of the cabinet loosen the three screws at the bottom of the card cage See O 2 Remove the two screws at the top of the card cage See 3 At the front of the cabinet remove the three flathead screws at the bottom of the card cage See 4 Gently lift the card cage out from the front of the cabinet The card cage sits in a recessed open area Be careful not to damage the gasket around the bottom of the card cage Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Figure 11 11 TLSB Card Cage Front View
144. ction 15 8 6 for battery PIU configuration rules Figure 15 5 System with Two Battery Cabinets Front View Second Second Main First Battery Expander Cabinet Expander Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet BX 0719A 94 Configuration Rules 15 7 15 4 Single Phase Power System The single phase power system consists of a 30 39579 02 AC distribution box and one or two H7264 power regulators This power system does not support battery backup Figure 15 6 Single Phase Power System Power AC Distribution Regulators Box BX 0755 95 15 8 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 About the Single Phase Power System The single phase power system consists of a 30 39579 02 AC distribution box and one or two H7264 power regulators See Figure 15 6 This power system may be used only in systems that do not require battery backup The H7264 power regulator unlike the H7263 regulator does not provide status information If the show power command is issued the system responds as shown here P00 gt gt gt show power Power Supply Status No response to request Each plug in unit has a local power supply that generates the needed 5V and other miscellaneous DC voltages Configuration Rules 15 9 15 5 Three Phase Power System The three phase power system consists of a 30 33798 O0x AC input box 30 35143 01 DC distribution box and one or more H72
145. d I O module PCI to EISA bridge e Ina PCI configuration no KFE70 and no EISA options all 12 slots are available for PCI options e Ina PCI EISA configuration a maximum of eight slots are available for PCI or EISA options Figure 15 12 shows the slots in a PCI shelf and Table 15 6 lists the rules for each PCI slot in a PCI EISA configuration e Operating system dependent configuration limits are listed in the Digital Systems and Options Catalog Figure 15 12 PCI Shelf and Slot Assignments PCI Slot Numbers 3 11 g PCI only 10 n 8 9 3 8 3 7 3 6 n amp 5 3 s 4 3 3 E PCI only 2 n 8 1 3 3 PCI only 0 BX 0767 95 15 22 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Table 15 6 PCI EISA Configuration Rules KFE70 Installed Slot Usage 0 Standard I O module PCI to EISA bridge EISA option only Connector module floppy keyboard and mouse EISA option only PCI or EISA option PCI or EISA option PCI option only PCI or EISA option PCI or EISA option PCI or EISA option oO mn nn A QU N PCI option only PCI or EISA option j i p Configuration Rules 15 23 15 8 2 XMI Plug In Unit The XMI PIU contains an XMI card cage and power regulators The XMI PIU is located in the bottom of the main cabinet or expander cabinet Figure 15 13 XMI Plug In Unit BX 0714 94 15 24 Service Manual Part 4
146. d by TLEPx by TLEP release the other TLEP TMEMx TLBER lt 18 gt Search all TMEMs TMEMx TLBER lt 24 gt Memory not Wrong TMEM associated with error KFTxAy TLBER lt 18 gt Search all KFTxAs KFTXA high CRDE on read dirty from KF TxA KFTxAy error TLEPy TLBER lt 18 gt Search all TLEPs CRDE on read dirty from Dismiss it will TLEPy release be found by the other TLEP Inconsistent Single bit error detected by slave commander that supports this not found BX 0186W 05 DECeventEnorLog 447 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TMEMx TLFADR 26 24 Search all TMEMs TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 010 or 100 KFTxAy TLBER lt 18 gt Search all KFTxAs CRDE on read dirty from KF TxAy KFTxAy error TLEPy TLBER lt 18 gt Search all TLEPs CRDE on read dirty from Dismiss the other TLEPy release TLEP will detect the error Inconsistent Single bit error detected by supplying node but no commander Inconsistent or wrong TMEM node has supporting error information KFTxAy TLBER lt 18 gt Search all KFTxAs KFTXA high TLEPy TLBER lt 18 gt Search all TLEPs CRDE on CSR read of TLEP by KFTxAy CRDE on CSR read of Dismiss the other TLEP by TLEPy release TOE Gell the error Inconsistent End of 660 parse tree If you reached here inconsistent error state is probable BX 0186X 95 4 48 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure
147. ds Itis an Alpha architecture chip with super pipelined micro architecture The CPU controls two levels of on chip caching and one level of off chip caching The 8 Kbyte instruction cache and 2x8 Kbyte data cache are fed from the on chip 96 Kbyte secondary cache 2 B cache The backup cache on the module is a 4 Mbyte nonpipelined cache using 256Kx4 SRAMs MMG The MMG gate array multiplexes the addresses to and from the two CPU chips to the interface control chip ADG In addition the MMG supplies write data and is used to perform some Gbus addressing and sequencing functions 4 ADG The address gate array contains the interface control logic for the CPU chips the memory multiplexing gate array MMG the TLSB bus and the data interface gate arrays DIGAs 6 DIGAs The four data interface gate arrays together assemble the 128 bit incoming and 256 bit outgoing data from and to the TLSB 6 DC to DC Converters These converters step the 48 VDC power supplied by the power subsystem to the voltages required by the components on the processor board Overview of the Systems 1 7 1 4 MS7CC Memory Module The MS7CC memory module comes in five variants offering 128 Mbytes 256 Mbytes 512 Mbytes 1 Gbyte and 2 Gbytes Up to seven memory modules can be installed in an 8400 system three in an 8200 Figure 1 6 MS7CC BA 128 Mbyte Memory Module
148. ds eiere E e aerei etikai eian 20 2 20 2 PCLPIU Pomet Board raaa tutes denis Sr a aE EE a Teas E TER 20 4 20 3 PCI PIU Motherboard icient aeea e ea eE a eias eaS 20 6 21 1 XMI and Futurebus PIU Power Regulators ceseeseeeeseeeeseeeeeeeees 21 2 21 2 XM and Futurebus PIU Enclosure ccceeeeceeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 21 4 21 3 XMI and Futurebus PIU Air Filter eeeccecesceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 21 6 22 1 SCSLPIW Devices ii08 en titi ei ea tea eh toe teil 22 2 22 2 SCSLPIU Power Supply wssisiscssisssscnsdsssseasesiecssesstsaess sotassavensaseascasaauascestags 22 4 23 1 DSSI PIU Underside of Brick Cover Showing Local Disk Converter 23 2 23 2 DSSI PIU Underside of Brick Cover Showing Remote Front Panel 23 4 2334 DSSIPIW Disks kenta on eae a Nhe HOTA re HO eet oes 23 6 23 4 DSSI PIU Power and Signal Harness eeeeeseeeeseeesseceneeceneeeeseeeesaes 23 8 24 1 Battery PIU FUSE innesi derik teessuascvessvs svevscva sscessdessevecossouvstoy sie 24 2 24 2 Battery PIU Rear Showing Cable Routing 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 24 4 24 3 Battery Hold Down Brackets cee eeceeescesseecneecsseeeeeeaeeesaeessaeesseeeses 24 6 24 4 Rear Batteries Blocks B and C cccccccccssssccecceessneaeeeeeeeeesssessseeeeees 24 7 Tables 1 AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 Documentation ces eeeesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeenee xvii 2 Related Documents sive cirzeeseesteccteisdecchesteadceestves E EE ES ESE xix 1 1 Me
149. e DEFPZ AA daughter card A multimode fiber FDDI fiber distributed data interface on board logic card and its associated connector Allows up to 2 km local area network LAN DEFPZ UA daughter card A copper wire FDDI fiber distributed data inter face on board logic card and its associated connector Allows up to 100 m cabling in office type LAN NVRAM daughter card part number DI ML300 BA A 4 Mbyte memory card that can enhance performance increasing the memory available as buffer space for DMA direct memory access transmissions Overview of the Systems 1 13 1 7 AlphaServer 8400 Power Subsystem Overview An AlphaServer 8400 power subsystem has either single phase or three phase AC power input Figure 1 9 AlphaServer 8400 Power System Overview ro i N e Front b Rear BX 0121A 94 Either single phase or three phase AC power enters the system by cable through the AC input box Figure 1 9 shows a system with single phase power Each has a cabinet circuit breaker and fuses for protection from power surges The three phase system offers a port for monitoring voltage and the choice of battery backup 1 14 Service Manual
150. e error Hose low ERRx lt 16 gt PCI motherboard map RAM parity error DWLPA motherboard high else Inconsistent DWLPA motherboard high BX 0194C 95 4 66 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 7 DWLMA Enor Parse Tree Select all XBER lt 12 gt Select all KFTXA high LERR lt 28 gt DWLMA med Down Hose data Hose low parity error LERR lt 14 gt Tara ug Mailbox DWLMA med Hose low parity error LERR lt 13 gt KFTxXA high Mailbox DWLMA med illegal command Hose low LERR lt 12 gt KFTxXA high Mailbox DWLMA med illegal address Hose low LERR lt 6 gt KFTxXA high Down Hose FIFO DWLMA med data parity error Hose low Read buffer data aa Causes a KFTXA LERR lt 4 gt eran Mailbox overflow LERR lt 3 gt DWLMA waits DWLMA fatal error for reset by KFTxA error handler Else Inconsistent DWLMA high l BX 0195A 95 DECevent ErorLog 467 Figure 4 7 DWLMA Enor Parse Tiree Continued XBER lt 31 gt Select all Check LERR lt 18 15 gt XBER lt 25 gt for node that attempted XMI write error DWLMA med_ write XBER lt 24 gt data response interrupt XM corre XMI inconsistent LAY XMI node med parity error XMI read error DWLMA low an FCID are response XMI corrected XBER lt 19 gt __ latched confirmation XMI corrected read XBER lt 17 gt XBER lt 23 gt XMI n
151. e signals correctly CPU high else Any TLSB node med Error receiving data control Terminator signals correctly Centerplane TLBER lt 2 gt CPU high TLSB bank busy error CPU high TLBER lt 5 gt Any TLSB node med TLSB request transmit check error Terminator Centerplane CPU high TLBER lt 6 gt Any TLSB node med Terminator Centerplane TLSB acknowledge transmit check error TLBER lt 7 gt CPU high TLSB memory mapping register error alg TLBER lt 8 gt CPU high TLSB fatal no acknowledge error Any melnoly nee BX 0186B 95 4 26 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TLBER lt 25 gt TLSB fatal data transmit check CPU high error Any TLSB node med Terminator TLBER lt 26 gt Centerplane TLSB unexpected acknowledge error TLBER lt 27 gt CPU high TLSB address bus transmit check Any TLSB node med error Terminator TLBER lt 28 gt Centerplane TLSB data control transmit check error TLBER lt 31 gt TLSB data timeout error Not determinable TLEPAERR 15 8 6 0 lt gt 0 Select one TLEPAERR lt 0 gt EV5 0 to MMG C A parity error e TLEPAERR lt 1 gt EV5 1 to MMG C A parity error TLEPAERR lt 3 gt CPU high MMG to ADG parity error 1 TLEPAERR lt 2 gt MMG to ADG parity error 0 BX 0186C 95 DECeventEnorLog 427 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued DWLPA motherboard Timeout
152. e 4 5 KFIxA Enor Parse Tree Continued 9 IDPNSE 28 26 25 3 0 Examine each of four for KFTHA Examine each of two for KFTIA IDPNSE lt 28 gt IDP CSR bus parity error IDPNSE lt 26 gt Up TurboVortex B error hose 2 or 3 IDPNSE lt 25 gt KFTXA high Up TurboVortex A error hose 0 or 1 Hose power OK transitioned IDENSE lt 0 gt Hose adapter high Hose error KFTxA TLBER lt 16 Go to KFTXA entry point in 660 parse tree Go to KFTXA entry point in 620 parse tree KFTxA TLBER lt 17 gt or lt 18 gt ICCMTR lt 3 0 gt Mailbox transaction in progress BX 0193C 95 DECeventEnorLog 463 Figure 4 6 DWLPA Enor Parse Tree PL17 DWLPA Select All ERRO lt 0 gt PCT nonexistent PCI device address error ERRO lt 15 gt KFTxA high PCI illegal CSR DWLPA motherboard med address error Hose low ERR1 lt 0 gt ERR2 lt 0 gt ERRxe1 gt KFTXA high Mailbox illega DWLPA motherboard med length error 0S iow KFTXA high alr DWLPA moiharboiide med Mailbox parity Hose low error KFTXA high ERRx lt 3 gt DWLPA motherboard med CSR overrun Hose low error ERRx lt 4 gt KFTXA high CSR parity DWLPA motherboard med iror Hose low ERRx lt 5 gt n DWLPA motherboard high PCI disconnected master abort error ERRx lt 6 gt DMA read return data parity length error 1 2 BX 0194A 95 KFTXxA high DWLPA motherboard med Hose low 4 64 Service Manua
153. e Local Disk Converter Removal and Replacement e Remote Front Panel Removal and Replacement e Disk Removal and Replacement e Power and Signal Harness Removal and Replacement DSS Disk Plug In Unit 23 1 23 1 Local Disk Converter Removal and Replacement Pull the brick from the enclosure and remove the 13 Phillips screws from the cover The local disk converter module is attached to the underside of the brick cover by four Phillips screws Figure 23 1 DSS PIU Underside of Brick Cover Showing Local Disk Converter Local Disk Converter Modules BX 0736 94 23 2 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Remove the disk brick from the enclosure by removing the screws in the upper right and upper left corners and pulling the brick toward you 4 Set the disk brick on a stable work surface 5 Remove the top cover of the disk brick The cover is attached by nine Phillips screws at the back three on each side and three on the bottom and two flathead Phillips screws in each channel on the sides of the disk brick 6 Remove all cable connectors from the local disk converter module connectors J1 J2 J3 and J6 see Figure 23 1 7 Remove the four screws Phillips from the corners of the local disk converter module Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Veri
154. e box See in Figure 17 2 Slide the box out of the cabinet and place it on a stable work surface Remove the top cover of the box by removing the nine screws Phillips and lifting the cover off See Disconnect the cables from the back of the drive Remove the four screws Phillips that hold the CD ROM drive in place There are two screws on each side of the box See 10 Slide the CD ROM drive out of the box Replacement Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification Boot LFU See Chapter 6 Cabinet Control System 17 5 17 3 Hoppy Drive Removal and Replacement Remove the control panel and CD ROM drive Remove the cables from the back of the floppy drive Remove the four screws that attach the floppy drive bracket to the box and the four that attach the drive to the bracket Figure 17 3 Hoppy Drive BX 0761 95 17 6 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle 3 Remove the control panel see Section 17 1 and the CD assembly box and CD ROM drive see Section 17 2 4 Remove the two cables power and signal from the back of the floppy drive 5 Remove the four screws that attach the floppy drive bracket to the box There are two screws on each side of the box 6 Remove the four screws that hold the floppy drive in the bracket See in Figure 17 3 7 S
155. e cabinet Figure 11 7 Clock Module BX 0632 94 11 2 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and push the control panel On Off button to Off Shut the circuit breaker off and disconnect the AC power cord 1S Remove the rear door by loosening the two bolts at the bottom of the cabinet and lifting the door off the two brackets Remove the TLSB card cage cover by loosening the two captive screws Disconnect the 17 03122 01 cable J3 from the clock module Disconnect the power cable J4 from the clock module A Remove the two small Phillips screws that secure the clock module to the card cage 8 Remove the clock module Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Processor System Unit 11 3 112 Terminator Module Removal and Replacement There are two terminator modules located at the rear of the TLSB card cage Figure 11 8 Terminator Module BX 0636 94 11 4 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 Py BOE ee ON oN Open the front door Push the control panel On Off button to Off Shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle Remove the rear door by loosening the two bolts at the bottom of the cabinet and lifting the door off the two brackets Remove the TLSB card cage cover by loosening the two capti
156. e power board See Section 20 2 11 Remove the 11 mounting screws from the motherboard 12 Holding the motherboard by the sides slide it slightly to the right then rotate the bottom toward you Remove the board Replacement 1 Slide the top of the motherboard in place then rotate the bottom away from you 2 While pressing the motherboard toward the front of the shelf to make good contact between the EMI shield on the shelf and the hose cover insert and tighten the 11 mounting screws If the motherboard is not pushed forward far enough when mounting the I O hose cable will not make contact If the PCI does not come up in the self test display this might be the reason 3 Replace the power board See Section 20 2 4 Replace the line filter and install its two mounting screws and washers Connect the line filter power cable to the power board 5 Replace the option boards See Section 20 1 6 Replace the side panel Ensure that the EMI shield is in place and fasten the two quarter turn screws Continued on next page PCI Plug In Unit 20 7 CAUTION Be careful not to damage the power cable in the following step 7 Press the top and bottom slide locks and slide the PCI shelf into the enclosure Replace the four screws that hold the PCI shelf in place 9 Connect all cables Verification Power up the system and check the LEDs on the left front of the shelf 20 8 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Chapter 21
157. e the XMI bus If the option is a two module set the module with the XMI corner must be in slot 1 or slot 14 e Operating system dependent configuration limits are listed in the Digital Systems and Options Catalog Configuration Rules 15 25 15 8 3 Futurebus Plug In Unit The Futurebus PIU contains a Futurebus card cage and power regulators The Futurebus PIU is located in the bottom rear of the main cabinet or expander cabinet Figure 15 14 Futurebus Plug In Unit BX 0715 95 15 26 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the Futurebus Plug In Unit e A Futurebus PIU is shown in Figure 15 14 e The maximum number of Futurebus PIUs in the main cabinet is one The maximum number per system is one e Each Futurebus PIU requires one I O cable connection Futurebus Configuration Rules e Each Futurebus PIU uses one quadrant Q2 or Q4 see Figure 15 10 e Each Futurebus backplane has nine slots of usable I O space The backplane has 10 slots one of which is reserved for the B2003 AA module leaving nine slots for I O e The B2003 AA module must be in slot 5 e Operating system dependent configuration limits are listed in the Digital Systems and Options Catalog Configuration Rules 15 27 15 8 4 SCSI Storage Plug In Unit The SCSI storage PIU contains a combination of 3 5 inch and 5 25 inch disk tape and CD ROM drives This PIU is located in the bottom of the main cabinet or in the top or
158. eated SIMMs in memory boards This information is useful as a simple on site check as part of a service call and as a validation procedure after upgrading a memory or adding or changing SIMMs for any reason Failing SIMMs are also reported in the error log see Chapter 4 Example 3 8 Console Mode No Failing SIMMs P00 gt gt gt set simm_callout on 1 P00 gt gt gt init 2 Initializing WARNING SIMM_CALLOUT environment variable is on F E D Cc B A 9 8 p 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NODE A 5 r r M M P TYP o 3 4 A A STL EB BPD o Z A H ST2 EB BPD A 3 7 P A ST3 EB BPD CO XMI Cl E2 C3 A1 AO ILV 256 256 A 512MB AlphaServer 8400 Console V1 0 SROM V1 0 May 5 1995 03 38 06 P00 gt gt gt show sim No selftest errors found on any memory modules P00 gt gt gt set simm callout oftO POO gt gt gt init Initializing 3 16 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting 90060 00 The set simm_callout on command sets an internal environment variable that enables code that isolates failing SIMMs during memory testing With this variable enabled system self test can take up to 40 seconds longer if a faulty SIMM is present The init command initializes the system and prints the console map This line in the console display notes that the SIMM callout environment variable is on The show simm command requests a display of faulty SIMMs In Example 3 8 no fau
159. eeeneeeeee 2 28 2 7 Troubleshooting with 8400 XMI and Futurebus I O Module LEDs 2 30 2 8 Troubleshooting an 8400 DSSI PIU cee eeceeeeceseeeneeeeecneecsseeseeeneers 2 32 Chapter3 Console Display and Diagnostics 3 1 Checking Self Test Results Console Display ceceeeeseeeseeceeeeeeeeenees 3 2 3 1 1 8200 Self Lest aus ces mare aet Seve e EEE ie Ea R Ee E NOEK Eak 3 2 3 1 2 Show Config Display for 8200 s ssesesseseeseeereesseresreserrsrrerresresreserese 3 4 3 1 3 S400 Se TEST a ee ee EE Geb 3 6 3 1 4 Show Config Display for 8400 sessesesseseeeeeereesreresreseresrrerrssrreresrrese 3 8 3 2 Running Diagnostics the Test Command ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 3 10 3 2 1 Testing an Entire Syste oeie iire riea i a i 3 12 3 2 2 Sample Test Command for PCT eee eeeeeseeseecsseeeeecneeseeeeeeeeee 3 14 3 3 Identifying a Failing SIMM ee ceeeeesesneccseeseesseeesseeeseecsaeesaeerseeeaee 3 16 3 4 Info Command ne r e a peeve ee eaaa a aa EEN aS 3 18 3 5 Show Power Display 8400 Three Phase Powet cseeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeee 3 20 3 6 Regulator Info Packets 8400 Three Phase Powet cscsseeeeeseeeeees 3 21 3 6 1 Brief Data Packet stncciaciek eaves Miva ace ea 3 22 3 6 2 Full Information Data Packet ees eeeeesceeseeceseceneeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeee 3 24 Chapter4 DEC event Enor Log 4 1 Brief Description of the TLSB Bus cece eeeeseceesecesereneeeeseeeseeeeeeseseeene 4 2 4 1 1 Command Address Bus
160. eeie gions e eee enn eaea a ae TaT a Na Se deiei t 2 2 Troubleshooting Start with the Control Panel eeeseeeeeeeereeererreree 2 2 TESB Module Stats a el abaeet nue e 2 4 PCI FDDI and NVRAM Options on KFTIA 0 ee eeeeeeeeecesreeeeseeeeeeeneees 2 5 PELPIU iman 8400 8s sos ses sc pengonte oeaan are ee eset ee anaiena tein Te eeen 2 6 PCI Shelf m an 8200 rars e a e e E ieee 2 7 Troubleshooting a PCI Shelf oo cee eee eeesesceeceeeseceseeesseesaeeesaeesaeesseeeaes 2 7 Troubleshooting StorageWorks Devices and Shelves cceeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 8 8200 Power Regulators AC Input Side ee eeeeeecenneeeeeseeeeeeee 2 10 8200 AC Input Troubleshooting Steps e cc eeseeeseeceseeceeeceseeeeeneeesaeers 2 11 8200 Power Regulators DC Output Side 0 ee eeeeeeeeneeereeeeneees 2 12 Troubleshooting the DC Side of 8200 Regulators es eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeee 2 13 Checking Power Connections ccsscsssecsseeeeseceseecesaeeesaeessseeesseeeesaes 2 14 LEDs for Temperature and Cooling Fan Locations 2 16 Troubleshooting the 8200 Cooling System eeseeeseeeeseeceeeeeseeeeeaes 2 17 S400 AC Input Bonen ireen nee a ine eh Nee 2 18 8400 AC Input Box Troubleshooting Steps eeeeeseceesreeeeteeeeeeeneers 2 19 H7264 Power Regulators and Status LEDS eeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 20 Troubleshooting Steps for H7264 Regulator eee eeseeeseeceseeeeeeeeeees 2 21 H7263 Power Regulator LEDS 00 cece eesceeeseeeeseceseee
161. el see 6 Remove the four screws that attach the control panel circuit board to the cabinet see O 7 Remove the control panel circuit board Replacement Reverse steps in the Removal procedure Cabinet Control System 9 3 9 2 Cabinet Control Logic Module Removal and Replacement The cabinet control logic CCL module is mounted behind the CCL panel The CCL module is held in place by four Phillips screws Access is from the front of the cabinet Figure 9 2 Cabinet Contol Logic Module BX 0626 94 9 4 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 2 3 Open the front cabinet door Push the control panel On Off button to Off At the rear of the cabinet shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle Remove the control panel see Section 9 1 Disconnect these cables from the CCL module a 17 04018 01 from J2 EXTERNAL POWER ENABLE b 17 04045 01 from J3 POWER COMM 1 c 17 04045 01 from J4 POWER COMM 2 in dual power regulator systems Remove the ten Phillips screws that hold the CCL panel and module in place The panel hinges downward Disconnect these cables from the CCL module a 17 04103 02 from J11 b 17 04051 01 from J10 c 17 04050 01 from J6 d 17 04048 01 from J1 Remove the four Phillips screws that hold the CCL module to the CCL panel Lift the CCL module off Replacement Reverse steps in the Removal procedure
162. elf from being fully extended on its slides Remove the two screws Phillips at the top and two at the bottom that hold the PCI shelf in place see in Figure 20 2 Slide the shelf out until the slides lock Loosen the two quarter turn screws Phillips in the top corners of the side panel see Remove the side panel by holding it at the top and bottom and swinging it out from the top Disconnect the line filter power cable from the power board see Remove the two screws Phillips and washers that hold the line filter in place see Remove the line filter from the box and set it aside Remove the power board mounting screw see 10 Slide the power board straight out Replacement 1 Slide the power board in place and align it with the locating pins 2 Attach the power board mounting screw 3 Replace the line filter and install its two mounting screws and washers Connect the line filter power cable to the power board 4 Replace the side panel Ensure that the EMI shield is in place and fasten the two quarter turn screws CAUTION Be careful not to damage the power cable in the following step 5 Press the top and bottom slide locks and slide the PCI shelf into the enclosure 6 Replace the two screws at the top and two at the bottom that hold the PCI shelf in place 7 Connect all cables Verification Power up the system and check that LEDs 1 and 3 see Figure 2 5 on the motherboard light PCI
163. emoval and Replacement 00 0 0 ee eeeeeseceeeeeeeeneeeeeeene 22 4 Chapter23 DSSI Disk Plug In Unit 23 1 Local Disk Converter Removal and Replacement eeseeseeeeeeeeee 23 2 23 2 Remote Front Panel Removal and Replacement eee eeeeeeeeeeees 23 4 23 3 Disk Removal and Replacement eeeesessseeceseeeseeceseeeneeeesaeeesasenaes 23 6 23 4 Power and Signal Harness Removal and Replacement eeeeeeeee 23 8 Chapter24 Battery Plug In Unit 24 1 Fuse Removal and Replacementt cscccessseceeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeensnees 24 2 24 2 Cable Removal and Replacement cee eescesseceseecneecsneeeeseeeeeeeesaeeaes 24 4 24 3 Battery Removal and Replacement eeeeseceeececeseeeeeecneeeeseeeesaeenaes 24 6 viii Appendix A Console Commands and Environment Variables A l Console Commands cccccsssessccccccccccesseeessssecceescccssseeesseesseseceeseeeess A 2 Environment Variables ccccccesssssseseceeecccccseesseeesesecscesceecssesseeees Appendix B_ How to Find Option Information Index Examples 3 1 8200 System Self Test Console Display 0 ceceeeeeeseeeseecneeeneeeesees 3 2 Show Config Sample ceceescceccsscecssecsseeceseceseeeesaeeeeeeesaeecsneeeeesaes 3 3 8400 System Self Test Console Display ce eeeeseeeeeeteeeenteeeeenee 3 4 Show Config Samples eiia aiao a ANE A E E E 3 5 Sample Test Commands seeeeeseccseeceseccseeeesceeesseeseeeesaeeeesees
164. ensure proper orientation Verification Power up the system and check that the console display includes the I O bus connected to this cable KFTHA Module Removal 1 Remove the I O hose cables from the module See procedure above 2 Remove the module See Section 5 4 KFTHA Module Replacement 1 Replace the module Section 5 4 2 Replace the I O hose cables see above Verification Power up the system and check that the green LED near the top connector lights TLSB Modules 5 19 5 7 KFA Module Removal and Replacement Disconnect and label all cables Remove the side 1 cover and any daughter cards If present remove and save the FDDI bulkhead connector Figure 5 6 KFTIA Module SIR BX 0765 95 5 20 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules Removal 1 2 3 Shut down the operating system and power down the system Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap Disconnect all cables from the KFTIA bulkhead and label the cables It is possible to have one I O hose cable four SCSI cables two Ethernet cables and one FDDI cable Remove the module from the card cage See Section 5 4 Place the module on an ESD pad on a level surface Remove the side 1 cover see in Figure 5 6 from the module by removing the eight screws Note that the th
165. er Interrupt Enable CPU Halt Enable x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x0000000000000000 DECevent ErorLog 4 11 4 5 2 Machine Check 620 Enor Machine check 620 errors are nearly always soft errors that is they do not cause the system to crash Correctable write data errors CWDE on CSR writes are the exception Example 4 6 shows a sample machine check 620 error In this case all nodes on the TLSB are presented in the error log entry The parse tree shown in Figure 4 4 isolates machine check 620 errors The steps in Table 4 4 isolate the error and the FRU most likely responsible using the parse tree in Figure 4 4 Table 4 4 Parsing a Sample 620 Enor Example 4 6 This line identifies the error as a machine check 620 error The parse tree for machine check 620 errors starts with the EL_STAT register In this case bits 30 and 31 of EL_STAT are set but bit 39 of EL_ ADDR is not set so we follow branch 3 The next branch on the parse tree denotes TLBER lt 18 gt Checking the first TLBER entry here shows that TLBER lt 18 gt is set but not TLBER lt 24 gt the next step down This indicates following branch 4 at this place in the parse tree Branch 4 of the parse tree asks that we look at all memories on the TLSB There is only one at node 7 Looking at that memory s TLBER register we see that bit 18 is set as well as bit 24 Of bits lt 23 20 gt bit 20 is set and the parse tree indicates we should examine
166. er up the system again If you do this several times and the Overvoltage LED relights proceed to e Disconnect the 48V lines leaving the regulator An Overvoltage condition could occur if there is a short in the lines leaving the regulator Turn off the AC breaker and disconnect the cables from the leads at the back of the regulator Turn on the AC breaker again If the Overvoltage LED lights the problem is the regulator Replace it Otherwise turn off the power and check the cabling for shorting BX 0140 94 Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 21 2 4 3 H7263 Power Regulators The H7263 power regulators are located in the upper right front of the cabinet Each power regulator has a Run LED and a Fault LED see Figure 2 20 Figure 2 20 H7263 Power Regulator LEDs Run LED Fault LED Front BX 0726A 94 Table 2 6 H7263 Power Regulator LED Summary Run Green Fault Yellow Condition Off Off No AC power present Off On Fatal fault Fast flash Off AC power present Keyswitch in Disable position On Fast flash Nonfatal fault On Slow flash Battery discharge mode On Off Normal operation 2 22 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 2 21 H7263 Power Regulator Troubleshooting Steps Both H7263 LEDs off Q creck AC power supply Sec 2 2 1 so P Check regulator s No If LEDs are off on one or more regulators set the AC circuit breaker to off and then on to see
167. errupt Source Slot 0 INTA Window Size 8 MB Scatter Gather Enable Window Enable Window Base Address x00000080 Translated Base Address x00000000 Window Size 1 GB Window Enable Window Base Address x00004000 Translated Base Address x00000000 Window Size 256 MB Scatter Gather Enable Window Enable Window Base Address x0000F000 Translated Base Address x00000000 Interrupt Vector x00000956 Interrupt Vector x00000C70 Interrupt Vector x00000C80 Interrupt Vector x00000C90 Interrupt Vector x00000CA0 Interrupt Vector x00000CBO Interrupt Vector x00000CCO Interrupt Vector x00000CDO Interrupt Vector x00000CE0 Interrupt Vector x00000CF0 Interrupt Vector x00000D00 Interrupt Vector x00000D10 Interrupt Vector x00000D20 Interrupt Vector x00000D30 Interrupt Vector x00000D40 Interrupt Vector x00000D50 Interrupt Vector x00000D60 Config Cycle Type PCI Type 0 Configuration Memory Block Size 64 Bytes PCI Cut Through Threshold x00000000 IO Space HW Addr Ext x00000000 Mem Read Mult Pre fetch S 4 Cache Blocks I O Port Up Hose Buffers 3 Buffers TIOP and IOP Scatter Gather Map RAM Si 128KB 32K entries default PCI Arbitration Control Round Robin for Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting MRETRY 2 ERR 2 FADR 2 IMask PCI Interrupt Mask DIAG 2 IPEND 2 IPROG 2 Window Mask Window Base Translation Window Mask Window Base Translation Window Mask Window Base Translation Base Reg C2 E
168. es beginning with k and update updates all devices LFU requires you to confirm the update The default is no Status message reports update and verification progress This is a second example ooosod The update failed This could indicate a bad device Continued on next page CAUTION Never abort an update operation Aborting corrupts the firmware on the module Updating Firmware 6 7 Example 6 3 Update Command Continued UPD gt update QO confirm update on Q cixcd0 demna0 unknown2 kdm700 Y N n UPD gt update cixcd0 path kdm70_fw O Confirm update on cixdc0 Y N ly WARNING updates may take several minutes to complete for each device DO NOT ABORT cixdc0 firmware filename kdm70_fw is bad UPD gt 6 8 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 When you do not specify a device name LFU tries to update all devices LFU lists the selected devices to update and prompts before devices are updated In this next example the path option is used to update a device with different firmware from the LFU default A network location for the firmware file can be specified with the path option In this example the firmware filename is not a valid file for the device specified CAUTION Never abort an update operation Aborting corrupts the firmware on the module Updating Firmware 6 9 6 4 Exit The exit command terminates the LFU program causes system initialization and self test and returns
169. eseeeesaeesseessseeeesaee 2 22 H7263 Power Regulator Troubleshooting Steps eseesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 23 8400 CCL Module LEDS 1 ccccesccscsesescevesessncveveceosooesdeneonveceeseonenoeess 2 24 CCL Module Troubleshooting Steps eesesseccesseeceeeeeeecsneeesseeeesaes 2 25 BIO WEE va 365 see 38 eM ETS Ea EO ERE GEA r A 2 26 Blower Troubleshooting Steps sscseseecsseecsseesseeceseeeesaeecseessseeeesaes 2 27 XMI and Futurebus Bus Power Regulator 0 0 0 ceeceeseeeeeeeceseeeseeeeeees 2 28 Troubleshooting W O PIUS scceseccsssecesseeceeecseecsseeesseeeesaeecseeesseeeesaes 2 29 XMI and Futurebus Adapter LEDS 0 ee eeceeeseceseeceeecenceceseeeeseeeesaes 2 30 DSSI Disk Control Panel Tsetere eeeceeeseeesseecseecscecsseecssaeeesaeecseeeeseeensas 2 32 l ODAINDMN Ne Hose Numbering Scheme for KFTIA and KFTHA oeer 3 5 Hose Numbering Scheme for KFTIA and KFTHA oseere 3 9 Command Format cccccccccccccccccseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessnsnstssssnsnseeeeceeeeeeeees 3 21 Sample Brief Data Packet ceeseesseesneceneecseesssecseecseesssecseeeeeeenee 3 22 Brief Data Packet Structure seriinin nne e ee as 3 23 Full Information Data Packet Structure ccccccecesssssssscceceeeeeeeeensnnees 3 24 Full Data Packet Values for Characters 1 6 w cceecceeeeesseeeneeeeee 3 25 Full Data Packet Values for Characters 7 34 0 000 ccccccccssssssssseeeeeees 3 26 Full Data Packet Values for Ch
170. est On Off Off Module fails self test On Off On Three phase power problem On Off Blink Operating system boots _On _On _ Off Figure 2 2 Troubleshooting Start with the Control Panel Cont Some component failed system self test If Key On Enable is green Fault is lit and system self tests have completed replace any failed component and proceed with System clock and CPUs are not synchronized If Key On Enable is green Fault is lit and system self test did not complete check to see if the system clock and the CPUs have different cycle times Replace as appropriate and proceed with Any LEDs lit on control panel Status LEDs are not receiving power signals No Check the regulators to see if DC power is leaving the regulator If so check the power and signal lines to the CCL Check the cabling between the CCL module and the control panel If connections seem OK replace CCL If still no lights on control panel replace control panel Proceed with fy System self test passed Key On Enable is lit operating system running Run is lit If both green LEDs are lit system self test has passed and the operating system is running Check the error log see Chapter 4 Ensure that the proper boot disk is selected to boot the operating system If Run is not lit boot the operating system When the operating system boots look at the error log BX 0175B 95 areen PEUS l Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 3 2 1 2 Tr
171. f tests are executed when the test command is issued without a mnemonic When you specify a subsystem mnemonic or a device mnemonic with test such as test pci or test ms7cc0 self tests are executed on the associated modules first and then the appropriate exercisers are run Console Display and Diagnostics 3 11 3 2 1 Testing an Entire System A test command with no modifiers runs all exercisers for subsystems and devices on the system Example 3 6 Sample Test Command for Entire System P00 gt gt gt test Console is in diagnostic mode Complete Test Suite for runtime of 600 seconds Type C to stop testing Configuring system polling for units on kzmsa0 slot 9 bus 0 xmi0 dkf0 0 0 9 8 DKFO RZ26L 440C dak 200 2 0 9 8 DKF200 RZ26L 440C dk 300 3 0 9 8 DKF300 RZ26L 440C polling for units on tulipl slot 5 bus 0 hosed ewb0 0 0 5 0 08 00 2B E2 11 0C Shutting down units on tulipl slot 5 bus 0 hose 0 polling for units on tulip0O slot 12 bus 0 hoseO ewa0 0 0 12 0 08 00 2B E2 8C 56 Shutting down units on tulip0 slot 12 bus 0 hose 0 polling for units on tulip2 slot 2 bus 0 hose4 ewc0 0 0 2 4 08 00 2B E4 66 97 Shutting down units on tulip2 slot 2 bus 0 hose 4 p e S p e S olling for units on tulip p3 slot 6 bus 0 hose4 wd0 0 0 6 4 08 00 2B E4 66 8A hutting down units on tulip3 slot 6 bus 0 hose 4 olling for units on demna0 slot 3 bus 0 xmi0 xa0 0
172. fication Power up the system and check the LEDs on the front of the disk brick DSS Disk Plug In Unit 23 3 23 2 Remote Front Panel Removal and Replacement Pull the brick from the enclosure and remove the 13 Phillips screws from the cover The remote front panel module is attached to the underside of the brick cover by six Phillips screws Figure 23 2 DSS PIU Underside of Brick Cover Showing Remote Front Panel Q Remote Front Panel Module Q BX 0736A 94 23 4 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Remove the disk brick from the enclosure by removing the screws in the upper right and upper left corners and pulling the brick toward you 4 Place the disk brick on a stable work surface 5 Remove the top cover of the disk brick The cover is attached by nine Phillips screws at the back three on each side and three on the bottom and two flathead Phillips screws in each channel on the sides of the disk brick 6 Remove all cable connectors from the remote front panel module J1 through J6 and J8 see Figure 23 2 7 With a pair of needle nose pliers pull the switch buttons from the front bezel See in Figure 23 2 8 Remove the six screws Phillips that hold the remote front panel module in place Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verific
173. from the power regulator see Disconnect the 17 04045 01 signal cable from the power regulator see In a dual power regulator system disconnect the CURRENT SHARE cable see and the two 48 VDC cables Remove the two Phillips screws that attach the power regulator to the cabinet brackets Clip the tie wraps that secure the cables to the front of the power regulator At the rear of the cabinet disconnect the power cord 10 Carefully slide the power regulator out from the rear of the cabinet Replacement Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure PowerSystem 10 3 10 2 BBU Option Removal and Replacement 10 2 1 Battery Pack Removal and Replacement You must replace the BBU option battery packs every two years Be careful when removing the battery packs they are very heavy Figure 10 2 Accessing the BBU Option Battery Packs A _ A L _ A A o 20000000 201000 o0000000 o0o000000 o0pr0000 g BX 0643 95 Removal 1 Remove the power regulator see Section 10 1 2 Remove the power regulator air outlet screen two flathead screws from the side of the unit and 2 pan head screws from the rear of the unit CAUTION Each battery pack provides 72 volts of potential even with the main power cable disconnected 3 Unplug the battery cables see 4 Remove the battery baffle by removing 2 flathead screws from the side of the unit and 2 nuts from the internal rear panel see
174. ger inhibit A Test aborted Z Battery at end of life AN T Test in progress L Battery discharged F Fail Discharging P Pass Charging X Charge mode longer than 24 hours F Fully charged B Broken F Fault red zone Heatsink Status HSS W Warning yellow zone pig 0 Normal operation Remaining Battery Capacity Minutes Sa K AareSAZ0Ne Identification A Slot A B Slot B C Slot C BXB 0277 92 Console Display and Diagnostics 3 23 3 6 2 Full Information Data Packet The S or H command packet returns a 54 character stream of power information Figure 3 6 Full Information Data Packet Struc ture 1 2 3 6 7 34 35 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 lt 7 34 gt Voltage amp Current Data History lt 7 47 gt lt 35 47 gt Other information lt 3 6 gt Revision Battery Configuration lt 48 gt lt 2 gt Range Heatsink Status HSS lt 49 gt lt 1 gt Identification Battery Pack State BPS lt 50 gt Test Status TS lt 51 gt Power Supply State PSS lt 52 gt _ Checksum lt 53 54 gt BXB 0271 92 3 24 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 3 7 Full Data Packet Values for Characters 1 6 4o ROMROm ET oo eano OR FEF IB LID COLD a Revision R ange L 30 33796 01 H 30 33796 02 Identification A Slot A B Slot B C Slot C BXB 0272 92 Console Display a
175. gure 1 5 KN7CC Processor Module o BX 0159 Al 1 6 Service Manual The KN7CC processor module can have either one KN7CC AA or two KN7CC AB CPU chips At the time of this printing the chips are the DECchip 21164 chips with a cycle time of 300 MHz NOTE Since the bus cycle time is an integer multiple of the chip cycle time it is crucial that the system clock card see Sections 1 7 and 1 8 and the processor modules are properly matched If a bus clock card and processor module s cannot be synchronized the system will start power up but will probably not complete halting in the middle of the power up console display in a way that is hard to diagnose The part number for the clock card synchronized to 300 MHz CPUs is 54 21728 05 If one of the CPUs in a dual CPU processor module is malfunctioning you replace the entire module The chip is not a field replaceable unit FRU the module is You will see indications of dual processors on the console display as shown in Section 3 1 Figure 1 5 shows a two CPU processor module The raised blocks in the figure represent heat sinks that cover the CPU chips Note that the lightly shaded CPU and B cache areas are not populated if this is a single CPU module Q CPU chip s The DECchip 21164 operates at supercomputer spee
176. gure 2 1 Control Panel 8200 Pushbuttons a 8400 Keyswitch iN oii Disable s Secure El On Off _ Enable Enable _ Restart Front El Segure Run Front Key On E Restart Fault a2 aia LEDs BX 0190 95 Figure 2 2 Troubleshooting Start with the Control Panel Fix problem identified If a faulty component or firmware update was identified as the problem replace the component or update the firmware If the problem has not yet been identified go to Turn power on and watch power up As 48 VDC power is passed to the system initial tests are run on the CPU memory and I O adapters on the system If the system passes this power up testing the green Enable LED should light If it does not look at the console terminal display to pinpoint the failing module and replace the module Repeat 6 If no console display the console terminal may be a TGA graphics terminal connected through a PCI bus Connect a character cell terminal through the serial port on the system cabinet Repeat BX 0175 94 2 2 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Table 2 1 Control Panel LEDs at Power Up Key On 8400 Action Enable 8200 Run Fault Set circuit breaker to On Off Off Off Press On button 8200 Turn keyswitch On Off Slow to Enable 8400 Blink System self test starts On Off On Modules pass self t
177. haServer 8200 x00000002 x00000006 1 Valid Entry type cpu Minor class 100 CPU Machine Check Errors 1 Machine check 670 entry Event severity 1 Severe Priority Example 4 4 OpenVMS Event Type Identification KKK KKK RK KK KK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KK RNTRY 124 KKK K KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KK KKK Logging OS System Architecture OS version Event sequence number Timestamp of occurrence System uptime in seconds Flags Host name AXP HW model Unique CPU ID OpenVMS AXP XSWW FT2 DOSS 16 MAR 1995 08 14 12 53886 x0000 CLYP01 AlphaServer 8400 x00000005 Entry type Memory Minor class 14 11 790 CRD log 2 CRD Entry DECeventEnorlLog 47 4 5 Sample Enor Log Entries 4 5 1 Machine Check 660 Enor You can identify problem FRUs in an error log entry by checking the contents of the registers against the parse trees Section 4 6 The following steps relating to the callouts in Example 4 5 isolate the error and the FRU most likely responsible using the parse tree in Figure 4 2 Table 4 3 Parsing a Sample 660 Enor Example 4 5 This line identifies the error log entry as a machine check 660 error The parse tree for machine check 660 errors starts with the EI_STAT register In the example however no bits specified in the parse tree are set so proceed to the next branch of the parse tree The TLBER register is next in the parse tree but the only bit set is bit 23 which
178. he cabinet by yourself Slide the power regulator out from the front of the cabinet There will be some resistance Replacement 1 2 From the front of the cabinet seat the replacement power regulator in its slot and push it in as far as it will go without lifting the precharge stop see in Figure 18 3 Wait 5 seconds and then lift the precharge stop and push the power regulator in the rest of the way Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the power regulator Verification Power up the system and check that the top green LED on each power regulator lights Powerand Cooling Systems 18 7 18 2 2 Three Phase AC Input Box Removal and Replacement The AC input box attaches to the cabinet with slotted captive screws the ground strap attaches to the AC input box with an 8 mm nut Removal and replacement require access to both the front and rear of the cabinet Figure 18 4 Three Phase AC Input Box BX 0727 94 18 8 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 At the rear of the cabinet shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle 4 To ensure that the circuit breaker is not unintentionally switched on again flip the lockout tag down See in Figure 18 4 Lock the tag i
179. he AlphaServer 8200 cabinet Figure 7 2 AlphaServer 8200 Cabinet Rear FRU Locations BX 0614 94 7 4 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 o 00 70 31086 01 70 31087 01 12 41009 01 30 42075 01 30 42075 02 DWLPA CA BA350 JB H7266 AA H7266 AA 5 slot card cage and TLSB backplane Storage drawer Blower Power strip US AP Power strip Eur A power strip is included only in dual power regulator systems PCI shelf StorageWorks shelf Space for optional power regulator Power regulator Field Replaceable Units 7 5 7 3 FRUs in the Proc essor System Unit Figure 7 3 shows the field replaceable units FRUs in the processor system unit Figure 7 3 Processor System Unit FRU Loc ations BX 0624 94 7 6 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 0000o 70 31087 01 54 23459 01 RX26 AA 70 31086 01 54 23461 01 E2034 AA 54 21728 01 12 41009 01 BA656
180. he Power System The power system consists of one or two power regulators The second power regulator is for optional redundant power In a single power regulator system the AC power cord plugs directly into the power regulator The system circuit breaker is located on the rear of the power regulator In a dual power regulator system a power strip is mounted at the rear of the cabinet see Figure 8 5 The power strip provides one AC power connection and the system circuit breaker The battery backup option is contained in the power regulator Power regulators cannot be warm swapped Each PCI shelf and StorageWorks shelf has its own power supply that generates the required DC voltages Figure 8 5 Power Strip Rear BX 0620 94 Configuration Rules 8 7 8 4 TLSB Card Cage and Storage Drawer Both the TLSB card cage and the storage drawer are housed in the processor system unit PSU The TLSB card cage has five module slots The storage drawer has space for six storage units Figure 8 6 TLSB Card Card Cage and Storage Drawer Storage Drawer Front TLSB Card Cage First CPU CPU Memory CPU Memory KFTIA KFTHA Memory KFTIA KFTHA KFTIA KFTHA BX 0606A 94 8 8 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 About the TLSB Card Cage The TLSB ca
181. he expander cabinet at the top e The configuration rules for the lower quadrants of the system cabinet Section 15 1 also apply to the lower quadrants of the expander cabinet e The only plug in units that may be installed in the upper quadrants of the expander cabinet are the SCSI storage plug in unit and the DSSI disk plug in unit Figure 15 3 System with Two Expander Cabinets Front View Second Expander Cabinet Main First Cabinet Expander Cabinet BX 0719 94 Table 15 2 Expander Cabinet Variants CabinetPartNumber Regulator H9FO0 BD Single phase H9F00 BA Three phase 120 208 V 60 Hz U S H9F00 BB Three phase 220 240 380 415 V 50 Hz Europe H9F00 BC Three phase 202 V 50 60 Hz Japan Configuration Rules 15 5 15 3 Battery Cabinet The battery cabinet holds two battery plug in units It is used when the lower PIU quadrants in the main and expander cabinets are filled with I O or storage PIUs Figure 15 4 Battery Cabinet Battery Cabinet Front BX 0746 94 15 6 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the Battery Cabinet The battery cabinet H9BOO AF holds two battery plug in units each of which contains 12 batteries This cabinet contains no logic modules The battery cabinet is the same height as but narrower than the main and expander cabinets Battery cabinets are placed as shown in Figure 15 5 See Se
182. his chapter contains the following sections e Door and Cable Cover Removal and Replacement e Top Panel and Air Filter Removal and Replacement e Side Panel Removal and Replacement Cabinet Doorsand Panels 16 1 16 1 Doorand Cable Cover Removal and Replacement Replace the doors and cable cover only if they sustain cosmetic damage The front and rear doors attach to the cabinet with spring loaded latch pins the cable cover attaches with quarter turn Phillips screws Figure 16 1 Cabinet Doorand Cable Cover BX 0720 94 16 2 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Door Removal 1 Open the door 2 Locate the spring loaded latch in the upper corner of the door See in Figure 16 1 Pull the pin down 3 Lift the bottom of the door off the hinge pin See Door Replacement e Reverse steps 1 3 in the Removal section Cable Cover Removal 1 Remove the two screws quarter turn Phillips one in each of the upper corners of the cable cover See in Figure 16 1 2 Swing the cable cover down and remove it from the hinges on the bottom Cable Cover Replacement e Reverse steps 1 2 in the Removal section Cabinet Doorsand Panels 16 3 16 2 Top Panel and Air Filter Removal and Replacement The top panel attaches to the cabinet with one Phillips screw and four plastic snaps Remove the top cover to gain access to some field replaceable units or to replace the top air filter
183. icating which processors are volatile enabled to become the next boot processor following the next reset Default is Oxffff d_harderr Volatile Determines action taken following a hard error Values are halt default and continue Applies only when using the test command d_report Volatile Determines level of information provided by the diagnostic reports Values are summary and full default Applies only when using the test command d_softerr Volatile Determines action taken following a soft error Values are continue default and halt Applies only when using the test command dump_dev Non Device to which dump file is written if system volatile crashes if supported by the operating system enable_audit Non If set to on default enables the generation of volatile audit trail messages If set to off audit trail messages are suppressed Console initialization sets this to on graphics_switch Non Overrides the screen resolution setting The volatile variable is an integer from 0 to 15 as described in Table A 3 interleave Non The memory interleave specification Value volatile must be default memory configuration algorithm that attempts to maximize memory interleaving is used none or an explicit interleave list language Non Determines whether system displays message volatile numbers or message text Default value is 36 English simm_callout Non If set to on enables pause on error mode volatile POEM testing of faulty memor
184. ice Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Part 2 TLSB Modules Chapter 5 TLSB Modules This chapter contains removal and replacement procedures for modules in the TLSB card cage These procedures apply to both systems AlphaServer 8200 and AlphaServer 8400 This chapter includes the following sections e How to Replace the Only Processor e How to Replace the Boot Processor e How to Add a New Processor or Replace a Secondary Processor e Processor Memory or Terminator Module Removal and Replacement e SIMM Removal and Replacement e I O Cable and KFTHA Module Removal and Replacement e KFTIA Module Removal and Replacement e FDDI Daughter Card Removal and Replacement e NVRAM Daughter Card Removal and Replacement e NVRAM Battery Removal and Replacement TLSB Modules 5 1 5 1 How to Replace the Only Processor First update console firmware and any customized environment variables or boot paths Example 5 1 Replacing the Only Processor Module P00 gt gt gt show 1 list of environment variables appears P00 gt gt gt boot dka500 f1 0 a0 LFU boots UPD gt update kn7cc Confirm update on kn7cc ab0 Y N y WARNING updates may take several minutes to complete for each device DO NOT ABORT kn7cc ab0 Updating to 3 2 32 Verifying 3 2 32 PASSED UPD gt exit Initializing self test display appears P00 gt gt gt build e kn7cc ab0 5 Build EEPROM on kn7cc ab0 Y N gt y EEPROM built on kn7cc ab0
185. ies during power up Default is off Console Commandsand Environment Variables A 7 Table A 2 Environment Variables Continued Variable Atribute Function sys_model_num Non The system model number either 8200 or 8400 volatile Set in manufacturing sys_serial num Non The system serial number Set in manufacturing volatile tta0_baud Non Sets the console terminal baud rate Allowable volatile values are 300 600 1200 2400 4800 and 9600 Table A 3 Settings forthe graphics switch Environment Variable Pixel Frequency Monitor Resolution Setting Mhz Pixels Refresh Rate Hz 0 130 1280 x 1024 72 1 119 1280 x 1024 66 2 108 1280 x 1024 60 3 104 1152 x 900 72 4 93 1152 x 900 66 5 75 1024 x 768 70 6 74 1024 x 768 72 7 69 1024 x 864 60 8 65 1024 x 768 60 9 50 800 x 600 72 10 40 800 x 600 60 11 32 640 x 480 72 12 25 640 x 480 60 13 135 1280 x 1024 75 14 110 1280 x 1024 60 15 Reserved A 8 Service Manual Appendix B How to Find Option Information The Digital Systems and Options Catalog describes all options for AlphaServer 8200 and AlphaServer 8400 systems In addition Digital maintains a list of the latest supported options on the Internet which you can access as follows Using ftp copy the file ftp digital com pub Digital Alpha systems as8400 docs 8400 options txt Using a Worldwide Web browser such as Mosaic or Netscape follow links from URL http www service digital
186. in unit in multiple system installations to balance the three phase currents and to reduce stresses in the common neutral conductor Configuration Rules 15 11 15 6 TLSB Card Cage The TLSB card cage contains nine module slots The minimum configuration is a processor module in slot 0 a memory module in slot 7 an I O module in slot 8 and terminator modules in all other slots This section gives placement rules for other configurations Figure 15 8 LSB Card Cage Top View Rear Centerplane Power Filter Front BX 0711 95 Module Placement Rules Configure modules in this order 1 Place the processor modules first Start at slot 0 and work up to slot 5 2 Place the KFTIA modules next The first KFTIA module goes in slot 8 a second in slot 7 3 Place the KFTHA modules next The first KFTHA module goes in the highest numbered open slot and any others in the next slots down to 6 4 Place memory modules last The first memory module goes in the highest numbered open slot the next in the lowest numbered open slot and so on alternating between highest and lowest numbered open slots 5 Fill all remaining open slots with terminator modules 15 12 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the TLSB Card Cage The TLSB card cage has slots for nine modules Modules used in this system are E2034 AA Terminator E2035 AA Unpopulated memory mother board for all but 2 Gbyte memory E20
187. in the main cabinet is 3 e The maximum number of PCI shelves in an expander cabinet is 4 e The maximum number of PCI shelves in a system is 11 PCI Shelf Configuration Rules e Each PCI shelf occupies one front to rear shelf space PCI Configuration Rules e Ina PCI configuration no KFE70 and no EISA options all 12 slots are available for PCI options e Ina PCI EISA configuration a maximum of 10 slots are available for PCI or EISA options Slots 0 and 2 are reserved for the standard I O module and the connector module respectively Table 8 1 lists the rules for each slot in a PCI EISA configuration Table 8 1 PCI EISA Configuration Rules KFE70 Installed Slot Usage 0 Standard I O module PCI to EISA bridge EISA option only Connector module floppy keyboard and mouse EISA option only PCI or EISA option PCI or EISA option PCI option only PCI or EISA option PCI or EISA option PCI or EISA option oo mn Dn FP QU N n PCI option only PCI or EISA option en Configuration Rules 8 15 8 6 2 StorageWorks Shelf The StorageWorks shelf houses disk drives and a power regulator StorageWorks shelves can be located in the bottom half of the main cabinet and in any shelf space available in the expander cabinet Figure 8 10 StorageWorks Shelf BX 0004 94
188. ing tabs on the disk or tape drive See in Figure 22 1 4 Using both hands to support the weight slide the device out of the shelf Replacement 1 Insert the disk or tape drive in the guide slots 2 Push the drive in until the mounting tabs lock in place Verification Power up the system and check the LEDs on the drive you replaced SCSI Storage Plug In Unit 22 3 22 2 Power Supply Removal and Replacement Disconnect the cable from the power supply Press the mounting tabs in and slide the power supply out of the shelf Use both hands to fully support the weight Figure 22 2 SCSI PiU Power Supply BX 0733A 94 22 4 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Disconnect the input power cord from the power supply See in Figure 22 2 4 Press in both mounting tabs on the power supply See 5 Using both hands to support the weight slide the power supply out of the shelf Replacement 1 Insert the power supply in the guide slots 2 Push the power supply in until the mounting tabs lock in place 3 Connect the input power cord Verification Power up the system and check the LEDs on the power supply SCSI Storage Plug In Unit 22 5 Chapter 23 DSSI Disk Plug In Unit This chapter contains the following sections
189. interface error else CWDE on KFTxA CSR write KFTXA error Inconsistent or wrong TMEM Search other 1 z TMEMs Inconsistent nconsistent no DS bits set KFTxA high Inconsistent BX 0192H 95 med DECeventEnorlLog 4 59 Figure 4 4 Machine Check 620 Eror Continued Ree pepe ee Dismiss error should be TLEPx TLBER lt 18 gt Search all TLEPs found in TLEP branch of 620 parse tree LEPx TLEPAERR lt 17 gt Dismiss error should be earch all TLEPs found in TLEP branch of 620 660 parse tree TMEMx TLBER lt 18 gt Search all TMEMs TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 010 or 100 MEMx TLBER lt 23 20 gt Select TLESRy where y 3 when TLBER lt 23 gt is set y 2 when TLBER lt 22 gt is set etc TMEMx TLESRy lt 17 gt TMEM high RDE on memory read Any TLSB node med MDI TLSB interface error Handled in extended CRD error handling where faulty SIMMs are identified else CRDE on memory read memory error Inconsistent No DS bits sei MEM high TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 110 CSR read MEMx TLBER lt 23 20 gt Select TLESRy where y 3 when TLBER lt 23 gt is set y 2 when TLBER lt 22 gt is set etc RDE on CSR read Any TLSB node med MDI TLSB interface error CRDE on CSR read memory error KFTXA detected single mconsstent Trew high bit error found CRDE End Inconsistent in memory but no of correlating command the Lelse type Can t find error source line CRDE on KFTXA read read lock
190. iod Controllers on SIO sioo 0 DECchip 21040 AA 21011 0023 tulip2 T FLOPPY 2 0000 floppyd 2 KBD 3 0000 kbd0 3 MOUSE 4 0000 mouse0 EISA connected to pcil through sio0 eisa0 3 KFESB 2EA310 0000 P08 gt gt gt The first grouping shows the modules on the TLSB bus and their status In this example the processor is in slot 4 as shown in the console display of system self test A memory is at node 7 and a KFTIA at node 8 COis next showing the internal PCI bus on the KFTIA module 3 4 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting At nodes 0 1 4 and 5 are the ISP1020 chips that handle the SCSI connections The single ended connection is always node 5 At nodes 2 and 6 are the Ethernet controllers Node 3 is the optional FDDI daughter card Node 7 is the optional PCI NVRAM daughter card This line shows the hose connection C1 on the KFTIA adapter This is the KFE70 standard I O PCI EISA adapter option ooo 0060 6 These lines show the controllers on the SIO module Figure 3 1 shows the connector CO C1 etc numbering scheme Each slot has four connector numbers associated with it as shown A KFTJA s internal PCI bus will take the topmost number for a given slot and its hose connector will take the next number The bottom two numbers are associated with the slot even though nothing with ever occupy them on a KFTIA The KFTHA has four hose connectors numbered in increasing order from top to bottom Figure 3 1 Hose
191. ions This manual has 24 chapters and two appendixes as follows e Chapter 1 Overview of the Systems introduces the AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 systems and gives a brief overview of the system bus modules and power subsystem Part 1 Troubleshooting e Chapter 2 Troubleshooting with LEDs tells how to use the LEDs and other indicators on the AlphaServer 8200 to find problem components in the system e Chapter 3 Console Display and Diagnostics tells how to use these tools to find nonfunctioning components in the system e Chapter 4 DECevent Error Log describes how to interpret the error log produced by this utility program Part 2 TLSB Modules e Chapter 5 TLSB Modules provides procedures for replacing I O and memory modules and for replacing or adding processor modules e Chapter 6 Updating Firmware describes how to use console commands and the Loadable Firmware Update LFU Utility to update system firmware Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 System e Chapter 7 Field Replaceable Units describes the components of the AlphaServer 8200 system that are replaceable by field service personnel Chapter 8 Configuration Rules provides configuration information for the AlphaServer 8200 main and expander cabinet power system TLSB card cage and storage drawer I O interface and PCI and StorageWorks shelves Chapter 9 Cabinet Control System describes how to remove and replace components of the AlphaServer 8200 cabinet control sys
192. is not called out in the parse tree Proceed to the next branch The TLEPAERR register has bit 5 set In the parse tree this is shown as a duplicate tag status parity error and the FRU identified with high probability is a CPU The WHAMI who am J register identifies the faulty CPU module as the one in slot 0 Example 4 5 Sample Machine Check 660 Error Log Entry KKK KKK KK KK KK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK PNTRY 16 KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Logging OS 2 OSF 1 System Architecture 2 AXP Event sequence number Tr 11 JAN 1995 18 31 54 ruby9 Timestamp of occurrence Host name AXP HW model Number of CPUs mpnum x00000002 CPU logging event mperr x00000001 Event validity 1 Event severity Ly Entry type 100 AlphaServer 8400 Valid Severe Priority CPU Machine Check Errors 4 8 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting CPU Minor class 2 660 Entry 1 TurboLaser 660 Software Flags x00000000 Active CPUs x00000003 Hardware Rev x00000000 System Serial Number Module Serial Number System Revision x00000000 MCHK Reason Mask x0000FFFO MCHK Frame Rev x00000000 PAL SHADOW REG 0 x0000000000000000 PAL SHADOW REG 1 x0000000000000000 PAL SHADOW REG 2 x0000000000000000 PAL SHADOW REG 3 x0000000000000000 PAL SHADOW REG 4 x0000000000000000 PAL SHADOW REG 5 x0000000000000000 PAL SHADOW REG 6 x0000000000000000 PAL SHADOW REG 7 x0000000000000000 PALTEMPO x0000000000000001 PALTEMP1 x00000000000061A8
193. ite list used with write to prevent selected devices or groups of devices from being written to omit list specifies devices not to test t time run time in seconds following system sizing and configuration default is 600 seconds q disables status messages lt dev_arg gt specifies the target device group of devices or subsystem comment Introduces a comment A 2 Environment Vaniables An environment variable is a name and value association maintained by the console program The value associated with an environment variable is an ASCII string up to 127 characters or an integer Some environment variables are typically modified by the user to tailor the recovery behavior of the system on power up and after system failures Volatile environment variables are initialized by a system reset others are nonvolatile across system failures Environment variables are created modified displayed and deleted using the create set show and clear commands A default value is associated with any variable that is stored in the EEPROM area Table A 2 lists console environment variables their attributes and their functions Console Commandsand Environment Variables A 5 Table A 2 Environment Variables Variable Atribute Function arc_enable Non Enables the console ARC interface allowing volatile booting of ECU and other ARC utilities Default value is off auto_action Non Specifies the acti
194. l be found by rom another TLEP CPU doing read Inconsistent or Look for another wrong TMEM memory with Inconsistent or TLFADR lt 18 16 gt wrong TMEM 010 or 100 1 BX 0186U 95 DECeventEnorLog 445 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TMEMx TLFADR lt 26 24 gt Search all TMEMs TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 010 or 100 KFTxAy TLBER lt 16 gt Search all KFTxAs UDE on read dirty ERSA from KFTxAy TLSB Y ROS error TLEPz TLBER lt 16 gt Dismiss error will be found UDE on read dirty by CPU doing from another TLEP the read release Look for another Inconsistent or TMEM with wrong TMEM TLFADR lt 18 16 gt Inconsistent or 010 or 100 wrong TMEM KFTxAy TLBER lt 16 gt Search all KFTxAs UDE on CSR read of TLEP from KFTxAy or UDE on CSR write of KFTxAy by TLEP LEPx TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TLEPs D smiss it will be found on UDE on CSR read to TLEP from another parse TLEPx or UDE on CSR write of tree branch TLEPx by TLEP MEMx TLBER lt 17 gt Search all TMEMs Memory scrub needed use CWDE on write to TMEM TMEM error TLFADR to 4 determine where BX 0186V 95 4 46 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Enor Continued KFTxAy TLBER lt 17 gt Search all KFTxAs KFTXA high CWDE on CSR write to KFTxA KFTxAy error TLEPx TLBER lt 17 gt Search all TLEPs er ee Dismiss it will CWDE on CSR write of be foun
195. l Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 6 DWLPA Enor Parse Trees Continued ERRx lt 7 gt DMA map RAM DWLPA motherboard high parity error ERRx lt 8 gt DWLPA motherboard high DMA map RAM invalid entry error ERRx lt 9 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI address PCI device parity error ERRx lt 10 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI data parity PCI device error ERRx lt 11 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI write parity PCI device error ERRx lt 12 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI target abort PCI device error ERRx lt 13 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI target PCI device disconnect error ERRx lt 16 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI motherboard map RAM parity error ERRx lt 18 gt DWLPA motherboard high SERR _L asserted PC device error Inconsistent DWLPA motherboard high Inconsistent DWLPA motherboard high BX 0194B 95 DECeventEnorLog 465 Figure 4 6 DWLPA Enor Parse Tree Continued Entry from CPU 660 error parse tree ERRO lt 14 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI nonexistent PCI device address error CPU window space read transaction KFTXA high PRRO 152 DWLPA motherboard med DWLPA motherboard illegal CSR address error ERRx lt 10 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI data parity error PCI device ERRx lt 12 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI target abort error PCI device ERRx lt 13 gt DWLPA motherboard high PCI target disconnect PCI devic
196. l shelves of roughly the same height The system cabinet has five shelf slots the bottom two can be power regulators and the top three can be any combination of PCI EISA shelves starting from the bottom up or StorageWorks shelves starting from the top down Two StorageWorks shelves can be mounted back to back in the same shelf slot The 8200 expander cabinet is also structured to hold horizontal shelves of about the same height The configuration rules for the AlphaServer 8200 are described in Chapter 8 The AlphaServer 8400 cabinets can also contain XMI and Futurebus buses in PIUs The system cabinet has four quadrants in the lower part of the cabinet the XMI PIU takes two quadrants Expander cabinets have six quadrants Both systems can be connected to the I O devices of their resident buses and adapters but these are not housed within the cabinets themselves StorageWorks cabinets are also available that can hold RAID controllers and other options not available within the system cabinets Overview of the Systems 1 19 1 10 Troubleshooting Steps and Tools Follow steps to isolate system problems A possible routine is shown below Figure 1 12 Troubleshooting Steps You cannot find cause of user problem by phone Go to site and follow these steps Control panel LEDs lit Yes Operating system onsole software running No Check power subsystem see Chapter 2
197. lations for the battery type as marked on the battery Prior to disposal or recycling protect batteries against accidental short circuiting by affixing nonconductive tape across battery terminals or conductive surfaces If the battery is not marked or if you require other information regarding batteries consult your nearest Digital Service Center Verification Power up the system and enter the show power command 24 8 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Appendix A Console Commands and Environment Vanables A 1 Console Commands Table A 1 is a summary of the console commands showing syntax and brief descriptions For more information see the Operations Manual Table A 1 Summary of Console Commands Command Description b oot flags M PPPP file lt filename gt lt device_name gt bul ild c lt device gt bul ild e lt device gt bu ild n lt device gt bul ild s lt device gt Boot the operating system fl ags overrides the boot_osflags environment variable M specifies the system root to be booted from the system disk PPPP operating system bootstrap loader options file boot from the file lt filename gt overrides the boot_file environment variable Copy the EEPROM environment variables from a secondary processor to the primary processor lt device gt KN7CC AA or KN7CC AB Initialize a module s EEPROM lt device gt KN7CC AA or K
198. le Size Qty Part No Slots E2035 BA 128 Mbyte 16 54 2172401 07 311 118 323 J29 J33 E2035 CA 256 Mbyte 32 54 21724 01 J02 J11 J12 J23 J24 J33 E2035 DA 512 Mbyte 16 54 21726 01 J07 J11 J18 J23 J29 J33 E2035 EA 1 Gbyte 32 54 21726 01 J02 J11 J12 J23 J24 J33 E2036 AA 2 Gbyte 36 54 21718 01 J02 J37 Table 15 4 Placement of I O Modules Number in System 7 Configuration KFA KFHA Slot 8 Slot 7 Slot 6 3 0 KFTIA KFTIA KFTIA 0 3 KFTHA KFTHA KFTHA 2 1 KFTIA KFTIA KFTHA 1 2 KFTIA KFTHA KFTHA 2 0 KFTIA KFTIA 0 2 KFTHA KFTHA 1 1 KFTIA KFTHA 1 0 KFTIA 0 KFTHA Three KFTIA modules can be used in a system but more optimal configurations consist of KFTIA modules with PCI options 15 14 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Table 15 5 Configuration Examples Place modules in these slots Configuration Processor Memory I O Terminator 1 KN7CC 0 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 MS7CC 1 I O 2 KN7CC 0 1 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 MS7CC 1 I O 1 KN7CC 0 1 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 2 MS7CC 1 I O 2 KN7CC 0 1 2 6 7 8 3 4 5 3 MS7CC 1 I O 2 KN7CC 0 1 2 3 6 7 8 4 5 4 MS7CC 1 I O 3 KN7CC 0 1 2 3 6 7 8 4 5 3 MS7CC 1 I O 4 KN7CC 0 1 2 3 6 7 8 4 5 2 MS7CC 1 I O 6 KN7CC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 None 2 MS7CC 1 I O 2 KN7CC 0 1 2 6 7 8 3 4 5 2 MS7CC 2 I Os Configuration Rules 15 15 15 7 I O Interface The I O interface consists of the I O modules in the TLSB card cage some combination
199. lide the floppy drive out of the bracket Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification Run ECU Place the ECU diskette in the floppy drive and type P00 gt gt gt set arc_enable on POO gt gt gt init self test display appears P00 gt gt gt runecu Note that there is no space after run Select exit from the menu Cabinet Control System 17 7 17 4 Local Disk Converter Removal and Replacement The local disk converter is mounted on the side of the CD ROM drive box Section 17 2 Phillips screws attach the circuit board to the box Access is from the front of the cabinet Figure 17 4 Local Disk Converter BX 0762 95 17 8 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 2 3 4 Nn 10 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap Shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle Remove all cable connectors from the rear of the box that holds the CD ROM drive Remove the control panel See Section 17 1 Loosen the two captive screws slotted at the lower sides of the box See in Figure 17 4 Slide the box out of the cabinet and place it on a stable work surface Remove the top cover of the box by removing the nine screws Phillips and lifting the cover off See Disconnect the four cables from the local disk converter module
200. llips head screwdriver to loosely install the reserved side bracket to the frame with two reserved screws Line up the other two holes in the bracket with the card cage holes and insert two reserved screws Tighten all four screws Attach the card cage to the frame at the bottom with three reserved screws 5 At the front of the cabinet use the Phillips head screwdriver to attach the card cage to the frame at the top and bottom with five reserved screws 6 Install the clock card See Section 19 1 Attach the CCL cable Use the 10 mm nutdriver and the reserved nuts to attach the power and ground cables to the power posts Place a washer behind the power cable connector and one in front of the connector then attach and tighten the nut The yellow cable 48 V attaches to the top post the gray cable ground attaches to the bottom post 9 Use the 8 mm nutdriver and the reserved kepnuts to install the terminal cover over the power posts Verification Power up the system and check that all modules appear in the self test display Enter the show configuration show device and test commands 19 6 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Chapter 20 PCI Plug In Unit This chapter contains the following sections e Option Board Removal and Replacement e Power Board Removal and Replacement e Motherboard Removal and Replacement PCI Plug In Unit 20 1 20 1 Option Board Removal and Replacement Disconnect cables from the front of
201. lty SIMMS were found The set simm callout off command turns off the environment variable that enabled callout of faulty SIMMs The init command initializes the system in normal mode Example 3 9 shows a show simm command that calls out some failing SIMMs Section 5 5 tells how to locate remove and replace SIMMs in a memory module Example 3 9 Console Mode Failing SIMMs Found O P01 gt gt gt show simm 2 The following SIMMs are faulty on memory module in slot 1 0 J30 O 2 J31 The set simm_ callout on and init commands are omitted here for brevity The show simm command requests a display of faulty SIMMs SIMMs numbered J30 and J31 on the memory module in slot 1 are found to be faulty Console Display and Diagnostics 3 17 3 4 Info Command The info command provides information useful in debugging the system Some of the information it provides can be helpful in isolating FRUs in the field Example 3 10 Examples of the Info Command P04 gt gt gt info 1 0 About the console 1 Bitmap 2 2 PAL symbols 3 IMPURE area abbreviated 4 IMPURE area full 5 TLSB Registers 6 GBUS 7 LOGOUT area 8 Per Cpu HWRPB areas 9 LAMB registers 10 TLSB register addresses ll Page Tables 12 FRU table 13 Console internals 14 Supported Devices 15 Console SCB l6 PCIA Enter selection 5 Node0 Node2 Node7 Node8 4 MS7CC KN7CC AB KFTIA KFTHA base adr 88000000 88800000 89c00000
202. m Chapter 21 XMI and Futurebus Plug In Units tells how to remove and replace these field replaceable units in the AlphaServer 8400 system Chapter 22 SCSI Storage Plug In Unit tells how to remove and replace SCSI disks and tapes from a SCSI PIU Chapter 23 DSSI Disk Plug In Unit tells how to remove and replace DSSI disks and tapes from a DSSI PIU e Chapter 24 Battery Plug In Unit tells how to remove and replace the BBU fuse cable and individual batteries in the battery plug in unit e Appendix A Console Commands and Environment Variables is a quick reference for commands e Appendix B How to Find Option Information explains the ways to find information about options Conventions Used in This Doc ument Icons Icons similar to those shown below are used in illustrations for designating part placement in the system described A shaded area in the icon shows the location of the component or part being discussed Front Rear BX 0099 95 Documentation Titles Table 1 lists the books in the AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 documentation set Table 2 lists other documents that you may find useful Table 1 AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 Doc umentation Tite Order Number Hardware User Information and Installation Operations Manual EK T8030 OP Site Preparation Guide EK T8030 SP AlphaServer 8200 Installation Guide EK T8230 IN AlphaServer 8400 Installation Guide
203. mber General Site Preparation Site Environmental Preparation Guide System I O Options BA350 Modular Storage Shelf Subsystem Configuration Guide BA350 Modular Storage Shelf Subsystem User s Guide BA350 LA Modular Storage Shelf User s Guide CIXCD Interface User Guide DEC FDDicontroller 400 Installation Problem Solving DEC FDDIcontrolle Futurebus Installation Guide DEC FDDIcontroller PCI User Information DEC LANcontroller 400 Installation Guide DSSI VAXcluster Installation Troubleshooting Manual EtherWORKS Turbo PCI User Information KZPSA PCI to SCSI User s Guide RF Series Integrated Storage Element User Guide StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Installation and Configuration Guide StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software User s Guide for OpenVMS AXP StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software User s Guide for DEC OSF I1 Operating System Manuals Alpha Architecture Reference Manual DEC OSF 1 Guide to System Administration Guide to Installing DEC OSF 1 OpenVMS Alpha Version 6 2 Upgrade and Installation Manual EK CSEPG MA EK BA350 CG EK BA350 UG EK 350LA UG EK CIXCD UG EK DEMFA IP EK DEFAA IN EK DEFPA IN EK DEMNA IN EK 410AA MG EK DE435 OM EK KZPSA UG EK RF72D UG EK SWRA2 IG AA Q6WVA TE AA Q6TGA TE EY L520E DP AA PJU7A TE AA PS2DE TE AA PV6XC TE xix Chapter 1 Overview of the Systems This manual tells how to service two separ
204. mory Modules and Related SIMMS cc eeeeeeeceseeeseeeseeeeeeeeesseneeeesaes 1 9 2 1 Control Panel LEDs at Power UPp ecceesecceseeeceeeeeceeeeeeesaeeessseenseeeeeas 2 3 2 2 LEDs ina PCT SheLE fs eiticisatiits ctasissasiteetaieeresiacs a a a 2 6 2 3 SCSI Power Supply LEDS oc cccsssccscvesses stessscstsdcscedsievocveseuvecessavessevsdvectovsives 2 9 2 4 SESA DIAA D T D AE E E E A 2 9 2 5 Troubleshooting the DWZZA VA eseesesesereereerrsrrseresrrsreesererrsrreresererrese 2 9 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 3 1 4 1 42 4 3 4 4 4 5 72 8 1 14 1 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 15 5 15 6 A 1 A 3 xiv H7263 Power Regulator LED Summary s ssseseeereeesesrserrereerrerrrsrrereeeree 2 22 T O PIU Power Switches Regulator B oo eee eeeeeeeeeesneeeeneeeeteeeeeaes 2 28 T O PIU Power Regulator LEDS esesseesseeeseseeseesrersrrssrrereressereeereresereses 2 29 DWLELMA LEDS T T E T AAE 2 31 DWLAA Module LEDS netitse saritan a a a a 2 31 Indicator Switches on DSSI Disk Control Panel ee eeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeee 2 33 Explanation of Sample Full History Data Packet eset eee eeeeeeeeeeee 3 29 TLSB Address Bus Commands cesecceesseessseceneecencecsseesesaeeesaeeesaeers 4 2 Supported Event Vy pes asrni tit eaa ra E N eaea i ai eiaa 4 6 Parsing a Sample 660 Error Example 4 5 ssseneeseeeseeerrreerreererrrerrrerrsere 4 8 Parsing a Sample 620 Error Example 4 6 0 0 0 eeeeceeeseceeeseeeeseeeseeeeeeee 4 12 Par
205. mory or system Correctable ECC error Error occurred during D ref fill EV5 Chip Rev 2 EI ADDRESS xFFFFFF0002D4420F FILL SYNDROME x00000000000000CB Data Bit 001 ISR x0000000100000000 Correctable ECC errors IPL31 AST requests 3 0x0000000000000000 WHAMI x00 TLSB NODE ID 0 CPUO MISCR x55 B Cache Size 4 Mbyte Bcache Two Processors TLSB RUN Signal CPUO Running console DECeventEnorLog 413 TLDEV x00008014 Device Type TLaser Dual CPU 4meg Bcache Device Rev x00000000 TLBER x00140000 Correctable Read Data Error Data Syndrome 0 TLESRO xOOAOCBCB ECC Syndrome x000000CB Correctable Read ECC Error CPU1 is Data Source TLESR1 x00400C0C TLESR2 x00406060 TLESR3 x00409090 Palcode Revision x0000002200000303 TLaser CPU Registers TLSB Node Number QO TLDEV x8014 Turbo Laser Dual CPU 4meg Bcache TLBER x00100000 TLCNR x00000200 TLVID x00000010 TLESRO x0080CBCB TLESR1 x00400C0C TLESR2 x00406060 TLESR3 x00409090 TLEPAERR x00000000 MODCONFIG x00098AD4 Lockout Enable Command Piping To EV5 Disabled Bcache Size 4 MB Bcache Idle Cycles Before 11 Max Command Queue Entries 2 Max Bus Queue Entries 4 TLEPMERR x00000000 x00000000 TLEP Interrupt Mask 0 x000000FE IPL 14 Interrupt Enable IPL 15 Interrupt Enable IPL 16 Interrupt Enable IPL 17 Interrupt Enable Interprocessor Interrupt Enable Interval Timer Interrupt Enable CPU Halt Enable TLEP Interrupt Summary 0 x00000000 TLEP Interrupt Mask 1 x00000000 TLEP Interrupt Summary 1 x0000
206. moval and Replacement e TLSB Card Cage Removal and Replacement TLSBCard Cage 19 1 19 1 System Clock Module Removal and Replacement Remove all modules from the front of the card cage disconnect the cables from the clock card and remove the two Phillips screws from the clock card Figure 19 7 System Clock Module Front BX 0747 95 19 2 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system At the console prompt find the system serial number P00 gt gt gt show sys_serial_num Make a note of the response 1 Turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Remove all modules from the front of the card cage see Section 5 4 4 Disconnect the power and CCL cables from the clock card see in Figure 19 7 5 Remove the two Phillips screws from the clock card see Save the screws Remove the clock module from the centerplane connector see Replacement 1 Insert the replacement clock module in the centerplane connector 2 Fasten the module in place with the reserved screws 3 Connect the power and CCL cables The connectors are keyed 4 Replace the modules in the card cage See Section 5 4 Be sure to insert the modules from left to right to avoid damaging
207. n place with the padlock from the Electrical Safety Toolkit Place the padlock in the bottom hole of the bracket on either side of the tag 5 Disconnect the system power cord 6 From the front of the cabinet remove all power regulators and filler modules See Section 18 2 1 for power regulator removal To remove any filler modules do the following a Loosen the captive screws at the top and bottom of the filler module b Grasp the handles and remove the filler module by sliding it forward 7 Loosen the four captive screws on the front of the AC input box See in Figure 18 4 shown with power regulators removed 8 At the rear of the cabinet remove the ground strap at the AC input box end 8 mm nut See 9 Remove the right plastic cover from the DC distribution box above the AC input box 10 Hold the AC input box to prevent it from falling Pull the bracket attached to the DC distribution box up and push the bracket to the right to hold it in place See This bracket is partially obscured by the left plastic cover on the DC distribution box Do not remove this plastic cover 11 Remove the AC input box from the rear of the cabinet Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification Power up the system and check that the circuit breaker does not trip Powerand Cooling Systems 18 9 18 2 3 Three Phase DC Distribution Box Removal and Replacement The DC distribution box is installed in the ca
208. n the SCSI Storage Plug In Unit The SCSI storage plug in unit contains four or more FRUs including drives one or two shelves shelf power supply and cables Figure 14 7 SCSI Disk Plug In Unit Front Showing FRU Locations O AF BX 0705 95 14 14 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Drive BA350 LA H7430 AA 17 03532 01 3 5 inch or 5 25 inch drive See Appendix B for information on finding a list of supported drives Shelf Shelf power supply Power and signal cable Field Replaceable Units 14 15 14 8 FRUs in the DSS Disk Plug In Unit The DSSI disk plug in unit contains 12 FRUs including one or more disk bricks disk drives modules HDAs local disk converter disk control panel and cables Figure 14 8 DSS Disk Plug In Unit Front Showing FRU Locations 14 16 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Brick Drive 54 20868 01 54 21664 01 17 03417 01 17 03418 01 17 03419 01 17 03420 01 17 03423 01 17 03424 01 17 02382 0x 17 03422 01 000000000 886 Disk brick Disk drive See Appendix B for information on finding a list of supported drives Local disk converter LDC Disk control panel RF73 signal LDC power LDC signal RF73 power Disk control panel to bulkhead DSSI bus DSSI brick jumper cable BC21Q xx Signal and power through are in each brick connects the bricks to each
209. nd Diagnostics 3 25 Figure 3 8 Full Data Packet Values for Characters 7 34 34 35 67 10 11 14 15 18 19 22 23 26 27 30 31 34 35 l Peak AC Battery pack line voltage charge current DC 24V battery pack voltage bulk voltage _ 48V battery pack voltage 48V DC bus current 48V DC bus voltage Character Function Formula Units 7 10 Peak AC line voltage If range L value 230 1024 Volts If range H value 430 1024 Volts 11 14 DC bulk voltage If range L 216 value 22 1024 Volts If range H 383 value 36 1024 Volts 15 18 48V DC bus voltage value 60 1024 Volts 19 22 48V DC bus current value 50 1024 Amperes 23 26 48V battery pack voltage value 70 1024 Volts 27 30 24V battery pack voltage value 35 1024 Volts 31 34 Battery pack charge current value 5 1024 Amperes BXB 0273 92 3 26 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 3 9 Full Data Packet Values for Characters 35 47 34 35 34 35 38 39 42 43 44 45 46 47 _ Battery cut off counter Remaining battery capacity Elapsed run time Ambient temperature Character Function Formula Units 35 38 Ambient temperature value 50 1024 Celsius 39 42 Elapsed run time value 10 Hours 43 44 Remaining battery capacity value Minutes 45 47 Battery cut off counter value Cycles BXB 0274 92 Console Display and Diagnostics 3 27 Figure 3 10 Full Data Packet Values for Characters 48 54 38 FLLS euno Of
210. nder cabinet looks like the main cabinet but without a TLSB card cage or a control panel Disk plug in units may be installed in the space that would be occupied by the TLSB card cage Figure 15 2 Expander Cabinet Front Rear i jumm m i wee Cooling System 2 s X Plug In Units FEES EE BX 00709 94 About the Expander Cabinet The expander cabinet HX FOO BA BB BC BD is similar to the main cabinet The second letter of each variant identifies voltage see Table 15 2 for these voltages 15 4 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 The expander cabinet frame is identical to the main cabinet the contents however differ The expander cabinet does not have a TLSB card cage or a control panel and it can have disk plug in units in the upper part of the cabinet Expander Cabinet Configuration Rules e ach system can have up to two expander cabinets The first expander cabinet is placed to the right of the system cabinet and the second to the left See Figure 15 3 e The expander cabinet may contain a CD ROM drive If used it is located in the front of t
211. nfig Cycle Type PCI Type 0 Configuration Memory Block Size 64 Bytes PCI Cut Through Threshold x00000000 IO Space HW Addr Ext x00000000 Mem Read Mult Pre fetch S 4 Cache Blocks I O Port Up Hose Buffers 3 Buffers TIOP and IOP Scatter Gather Map RAM Si 128KB 32K entries default PCI Arbitration Control Round Robin for all Masters PCI Cut Through Enable Memory Read Multiple Enable MRETRY 0 x00400000 ERR 0 x00000000 FADRO x00000000 DMA Read from Memory IMask PCI Interrupt 0 x01030000 Error Interrupt Enable Device Interrupt Priority IPL 14 DIAGO x00000000 Generate Correct parity HPC Gate Array Revision 0 RM Down Hose Translate Ad x00000000 IPEND 0 x00000000 IPROG 0 x00000000 Interrupt Source Slot 0 INTA Window Mask Reg AO x007F0000 Window Size 8 MB Window Base Reg AO x00800003 Scatter Gather Enable Window Enable 4 18 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Translation Window Mask Window Base Translation Window Mask Window Base Translation Base Reg CO Error Vector 0 Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev CTL MRETRY 1 ERR Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec al 1 FADR 1 IMask PCI Interrupt Mask 0 gt OS O AS OE EE EE SE GG eS ES Slot Slot Slot lot Lot Lot lot Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot nnn n OS NS SSS SS SNS NS NSS WWWWNHN NNN FFF FP OO CO Base Reg
212. not trip Check that the LEDs on the power regulators light Powerand Cooling Systems 18 5 18 2 Three Phase Power System 18 2 1 H7263 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement The power regulators attach to the cabinet with Phillips captive screws Access is from the front of the cabinet WARNING The power regulator has a heated surface on one side Figure 18 3 H7263 Power Regulators Front BX 0726 94 18 6 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 2 3 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap At the rear of the cabinet shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle To ensure that the circuit breaker is not unintentionally switched on again flip the lockout tag down Lock the tag in place with the padlock from the Electrical Safety Toolkit Place the padlock in the bottom hole of the bracket on either side of the tag See Section 18 2 2 step 4 From the front of the cabinet loosen the two captive screws Phillips one each at the top and bottom of the power regulator to be removed See in Figure 18 3 WARNING One side of the power regulator has a heated surface Do not touch the side when removing the power regulator CAUTION The power regulator weighs 20 kg 40 4 lb Because of the height of this unit in the cabinet you should not remove the power regulator from t
213. o track down faulty components that you can replace in the AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 systems LEDs give status on the power subsystem system bus TLSB modules processor memory and I O and I O buses and devices in shelves The cooling subsystem consists of fans in various locations and can be checked by looking and listening for the fans Where the systems are similar TLSB bus and modules the troubleshooting procedures described here apply to both Where they are different power subsystem details of troubleshooting vary The sections in this chapter are as follows e Troubleshooting Common to Both Systems Start with the Control Panel Troubleshooting TLSB Modules Troubleshooting a PCI Shelf Troubleshooting StorageWorks Shelves e Troubleshooting the 8200 Power Subsystem 8200 Power Regulators 8200 Cabling e Troubleshooting the 8200 Cooling Subsystem e Troubleshooting the 8400 Power Subsystem 8400 AC Input Box H7264 Power Regulators H7263 Power Regulators Cabinet Control Logic CCL Module e Troubleshooting the 8400 Blower e Troubleshooting 8400 XMI and Futurebus e Troubleshooting with 8400 XMI and Futurebus I O Module LEDs e Troubleshooting an 8400 DSSI PIU Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 1 2 1 Troubleshooting Common to Both Systems 2 1 1 Start with the Control Panel Check the control panel lights The 8200 has three pushbuttons and three LEDs The 8400 has a keyswitch and three LEDs Fi
214. od high Read sequence DWLMA med error parity error Any XMI node low else XMI node high Read sequence DWLMA med error Any XMI node low BX 0195B 95 4 68 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 7 DWLMA Enor Parse Tiree Continued XBER lt 13 gt Select one XBER lt 20 gt XMI node high DWLMA med Any XMI node low XMI node high DWLMA low XMI node high on write DWLMA med parity error Any XMI node low Command NO ACK on read parity error XMI node high DWLMA med ACK on read Any XMI node low The XFADR XFAER and FCID are latched BX 0195C 95 DECeventEnorLog 469 Figure 4 7 DWLMA Enor Parse Tiree Continued XBER lt 18 gt XMI node high node hig XBER lt 23 gt DWLMA med No read response Any XMI node low parity error else XMI node high No read response DWLMA low else sa XMI arbitration card high No XMI grant DWLMA low XBER lt 21 gt XBER lt 23 gt XMI node high Read IDENT data DWLMA med NO ACK parity err _ 47 XMI node low else Read IDENT data es pee NO ACK XBER lt 22 gt XBER lt 23 gt Tae Write sequence error parity error DWLMA high Write sequence 2 error XBER lt 23 gt Any XMI node high XMI parity error detected Inconsistent Any XMI node low DWLMA high nconsistent XFADR XFAER and FCID are latched BX 0195D 95 4 70 Serv
215. om of the cabinet Figure 2 22 8400 CCL Module LEDs BX 0112 94 During power sequencing the CCL power LED the top one yellow when lit goes on to indicate that power is present on the CCL module A PIU LED goes on to indicate that a PIU is present in the quadrant and that its power regulators are enabled Figure 2 23 shows the troubleshooting steps for the CCL module 2 24 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 2 23 CCLModule Troubleshooting Steps CCL module ek Check AC power supply power LED Q p adi on O check DC regulators Yes Check the cabling from the DC regulators to the CCL module Check the ribbon cable and the connectors at the DC output location and the CCL module Q Replace the CCL module CCL module PIU power LED on No B i Check PIU configuration Check to see which quadrants are occupied and with what A DSSI SCSI PCI PIU should cause the LED to light For an XMI PIU the quadrant occupied by the bulkhead half of the PIU should have its CCL LED lit Check power further oe ee half of the PIU should not have its CCL down the line See next section If quadrant is occupied and the LED is not lit A Check the blower to CCL cable B Check the PIU to CCL ribbon cable C Check to see that the PIU is seated properly in the cabinet BX 0169 94 Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 25 2 5 Troubleshooting the 8400 Blower The blower is located in the
216. ommand 6 18 modifying device attributes 6 18 update command 6 6 updating corrupted firmware 6 14 verify command 6 12 List command LFU 6 4 Local disk converter 8400 17 8 Local disk converter DSSI disk PIU 23 2 M Memory module identifying a failing SIMM 3 16 removal and replacement 5 12 self test failure 2 5 SIMM removal and replacement 5 14 SIMMs for different types 1 9 variants 1 8 Memory module 8200 7 3 placement rules 8 9 SIMMs 7 3 Memory module 8400 14 3 14 5 15 13 configuration examples 15 15 options 15 14 placement rules 15 12 SIMMs 14 3 14 5 Modify command LFU 6 18 Module placement rules 8200 8 9 Module placement rules 8400 15 12 Module removal and replacement 5 12 Motherboard PCI PIU 20 6 Index 4 MS7CC module 7 3 14 3 15 13 description 1 8 N NVRAM daughter card 2 5 3 5 3 9 14 5 battery removal and replacement 5 26 removal and replacement 5 24 O Option board PCI PIU 20 2 Options how to find information on B 1 P PCI configuration rules 8400 15 22 PCI plug in unit 8400 14 5 20 1 configuration rules 15 20 FRUs 14 8 motherboard removal and replacement 20 6 option board removal and replacement 20 2 power board removal and replacement 20 4 PCI shelf 8200 2 7 configuration rules 8 13 8 15 fans 12 2 field replaceable units 7 8 power supply 8 7 troubleshooting 2 6 PCI shelf 8400 2 6 slot assignments 15 22 PCI EISA configuration
217. on the system will take volatile following an error halt Values are restart Automatically restart If restart fails boot the operating system boot Automatically boot the operating system halt default Enter console mode bootdef_dev Non The default device or device list from which volatile booting is attempted when no device name is specified by the boot command boot_file Non The default file name used for the primary volatile bootstrap when no file name is specified by the boot command if appropriate boot_osflags Non Additional parameters to be passed to the volatile system software during booting if none are specified by the boot command with the flags qualifier boot_reset Non Resets system and displays self test results volatile during booting Default value is off console Non The type of terminal being used for the console volatile either serial default for a standard video terminal or graphics for a graphics display If the terminal is a graphics display the system must have a PCI with a standard I O module and a TGA graphics controller If that hardware is not available the variable remains set to serial cpu Volatile Selects the current boot processor cpu_enabled Non A bitmask indicating which processors are volatile enabled to run leave console mode Default is Oxffff A 6 Service Manual Table A 2 Environment Variables C ontinued Variable Atribute Function cpu_primary Non A bitmask ind
218. on this line A minus sign at the right of the CO FBUS line means that the DWLLA adapter on I O channel 0 failed self test Self test results for adapters on this T O channel are thus not reported The on the XMI line shows that the DWLMA adapter passed self test however an adapter at node 3 failed on the XMI bus This line shows results for a KFTIA module which shows as a PCI bus because there is an internal PCI bus on the module All nodes on the KFTIA passed their internal self test See Section 3 1 4 to see which nodes are which including the FDDI and NVRAM field replaceable options Console Display and Diagnostics 3 7 3 1 4 Show Config Display for 8400 The show config console command is useful to obtain more information about the system configuration in case you need to replace a module Example 3 4 Show Config Sample P00 gt gt gt sho config Name Type Rev Mnemonic TLSB O KN7CC AB 8014 0000 kn7cc ab0o 1 KN7CC AB 8014 0000 kn7cc abl 2 KN7CC AA 8011 0000 kn7cc aa0 5s MS7CC 5000 0000 ms7cc0 6 MS7CC 5000 0000 ms7ccl 7 KFTIA 2020 0000 kftia0 8 KFTHA 2000 0000 kftha0 CO Futurebus 2 c xM 0 3 CIXCD C2F 0211 cixcd0 8 DWLMA 102A 0208 dwima0 E KZMSA c36 5256 kzmsa0 C4 Internal PCI connected to kftia0 pcio 4 O ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp0 1 ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp1 2 DECchip 21040 AA 21011 0023 tulipo 6 3 DEC PCI FDDI F1011 0000 pfid 4 ISP1020 10201077 0001 isp2 5 ISP1020
219. onal FDDI daughter card Node 7 has the optional PCI NVRAM daughter card Figure 3 2 shows the connector CO C1 etc numbering scheme Each slot has four numbers associated with it A KFTTA s internal PCI bus takes the topmost number for a given slot and its hose connector takes the next number The bottom two numbers are associated with the slot even though nothing with ever occupy them The KFTHA has four hose connectors numbered in increasing order from top to bottom Figure 3 2 Hose Numbering Scheme for KFIA and KFTHA Centerplane CO C4 C8 7 6 5 4 TLSB node BX 0164 94 Console Display and Diagnostics 3 9 3 2 Running Diagnostics the Test Command The test command allows you to run diagnostics on the entire system an I O subsystem a single module a group of devices or a single device Example 3 5 Sample Test Commands P04 gt gt gt test P04 gt gt gt P04 gt gt gt P04 gt gt gt P04 gt gt gt peio t 60 xmil kzmsa Tests the entire system Default run time is 10 minutes Tests all devices associated with the PCIO subsystem Test run time is 60 seconds Tests all devices associated with XMI1 Tests all KZMSA devices Status messages will not be displayed during system test 3 10 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting You enter the command test to test the entire system using exercisers resident in ROM on the boot processor module No module sel
220. ontrol chip ICC houses the primary control logic for the TLSB interface A DC to DC converter that converts the 48 VDC system power to the DC voltage required by the KFTHA module Overview of the Systems 1 11 1 6 KFNA Module The KFTIA module offers an internal peripheral component interconnect PCI bus that connects to various kinds of I O devices through connectors at the front of the module The module also has one hose connector that can interface to a PCI EISA XMI or Futurebus bus Figure 1 8 KFTIA Module FDDI options Front view Side view from rear BX 0154 94 1 12 Service Manual The KFTIA I O module offers an internal PCI bus that is integrated into the module itself as well as a direct hose connector from the KFTIA to separate buses As Figure 1 8 shows several types of connectors reveal the I O options accessible directly from the module The basic module offers Three FWD fast wide differential SCSI connectors that combined with Digital StorageWorks RAID controllers storage cabinets and devices offer access to large amounts of SCSI disk storage One single ended SCSI connector reserved for the system load device Two Ethernet connectors One hose connector that can interface to an XMI Futurebus or PCI EISA bus Three other options are available which can be ordered and are field installabl
221. osts Save the nuts and washers 5 Disconnect the CCL cable See 9 6 Remove the clock card See Section 19 1 At the front of the cabinet use the Phillips head screwdriver to remove the top and bottom brackets from the card cage and the frame see Save the brackets and screws 8 At the rear of the cabinet remove the side and bottom brackets from the frame and from the card cage see Save the brackets and screws CAUTION The following step requires two people Because of the height of the card cage in the cabinet you should not remove this assembly from the cabinet by yourself 9 Slide the card cage assembly out the front of the cabinet Replacement 1 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap CAUTION The following step requires two people Because of the height of the card cage in the cabinet you should not install this assembly in the cabinet by yourself 2 From the front slide the replacement card cage into the cabinet so that the label is at the top on the front and the power filter is to the left 3 Attach the reserved front top and bottom brackets and the rear bottom bracket to the card cage using the reserved flathead screws NOTE The rear bottom bracket is deeper than the front one If these two brackets are swapped the holes in the side rear bracket will not line up correctly in the next step Continued on next page TLSBCard Cage 19 5 4 At the rear of the cabinet use the Phi
222. other runs up the center rear of the PIU enclosure Field Replaceable Units 14 17 14 9 FRUs in the Battery Plug In Unit The battery plug in unit contains eight FRUs including battery blocks fuses and cables Figure 14 9 Battery Plug In Unit Rear Showing FRU Locations Block A BX 0707 94 NOTE The battery plug in unit is shown in Figure 14 9 without its enclosure 14 18 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 ee ogood 6 H7238 AA 12 39982 01 17 03421 01 17 03492 01 17 03493 01 17 03494 01 17 03494 02 17 03494 03 Battery block contains four 12 36168 02 batteries Fuse LPN RK 90 Battery sensor cable Intermediate cable battery block A Intermediate cable battery block B or C Power regulator A to battery block A Power regulator B to battery block B Power regulator C to battery block C Field Replaceable Units 14 19 14 10 Cables The system uses up to 36 different cables Table 14 1 lists these cables and their locations Note that some systems do not use every cable listed Table 14 1 Cables To Cable Description Fom 17 02440 01 Signal LDC CD ROM 17 03085 01 T O hose cable 2 9 m 9 5 ft KFTIA or Plug in unit in KFTHA expander cabinet 17 03085 02 T O hose cable 1 4 m 4 5 ft KFTIA or Plug in unit in KFTHA main cabinet 17 03118 O01 48V TLSB power Power filter DC distribution 17 03119 01 17 03120 01 17 03121 01 17 03122 01
223. oubleshooting TLSB Modules You can check individual module self test results by looking at the status LEDs on the modules Figure 2 3 TLSB Module Status LED CPU Memory KFTHA KFTIA BX 0132 94 2 4 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting In general if a module on the TLSB does not pass self test green led is not lit it should be replaced There are two cases where some removal and replacement action may be needed even though the module passes self test Failure of the built in self test for the MS7CC modules indicates that testing has shown that there is no single 64 Kbyte segment of memory that is usable Each 64 Kbyte segment must show at least 256 bad pages before it is noted as unusable However it is possible for a SIMM to warrant replacement even though the module as a whole passes its self test Also a KFTIA may contain field replaceable options that are faulty even when the module has passed its self test The PCI FDDI option and the PCI NVRAM cards can be replaced see below and for other options you may simply disconnect the T O option that failed its own self test rather than bringing down the whole I O operation handled by the KFTIA until a replacement module can be found You can determine faulty SIMMs and KFTIA options with the show config console command as described in Ch
224. ounting tabs on the disk drive see 4 Slide the disk drive out of the shelf Replacement 1 Insert the disk in the guide slots 2 Push the drive in until the mounting tabs lock in place StorageWorks Shelves 13 5 13 3 Power Supply Removal and Replacement Disconnect the cable from the power supply Press the mounting tabs in and slide the power supply out of the shelf Use both hands to fully support the BX 0638 94 weight Figure 13 3 StorageWorks Power Supply Front Rear 13 6 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Push the control panel On Off button to Off 2 Disconnect the input power cable from the power supply See Q 3 Press in both mounting tabs on the power supply See 4 Using both hands to support the weight slide the power supply out of the shelf Replacement 1 Insert the power supply in the guide slots 2 Push the power supply in until the mounting tabs lock in place 3 Connect the input power cable StorageWorks Shelves 13 7 Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Chapter 14 Field Replaceable Units This chapter shows the location of all field replaceable units FRUs in the AlphaServer 8400 system It contains the following sections FRUs Accessible from the Front of the Cabinet F
225. oval and replacement 5 12 replacement of boot processor 5 4 replacement of only processor 5 2 replacement of secondary processor 5 8 Processor module 8200 7 3 Processor module 8400 14 3 15 13 configuration examples 15 15 placement rules 15 12 Processor system unit 8200 8 3 clock module 11 2 field replaceable units 7 6 storage drawer 11 10 TLSB card cage 11 6 R Remote front panel DSSI disk PIU 23 4 RRDCD CA 8400 14 3 S SCSI cable 7 3 14 5 SCSI devices troubleshooting 2 9 SCSI storage plug in unit 8400 14 3 14 5 22 1 configuration rules 15 28 device mounting restrictions 15 29 device removal and replacement 22 2 FRUs 14 14 power supply removal and replacement 22 4 Self test display 5 23 Show Power command 3 20 Index 5 Side panels 8400 cabinet 16 6 SIMM field replaceable 1 9 identifying a failing one 3 16 removal and replacement 5 14 SIMMs 8200 7 3 SIMMs 8400 14 3 14 5 Storage drawer configuration rules 8 9 Storage drawer 8200 11 10 StorageWorks devices troubleshooting 2 9 StorageWorks shelf configuration rules 8 13 8 17 disk 13 4 field replaceable units 7 10 options 7 10 power supply 8 7 13 6 System clock module 8400 14 3 System self test checking results in console display 3 2 3 6 checking results with LEDs 2 4 halted in midst of display 1 7 T Terminator module removal and replacement 5 12 Terminator module 8200 11 4 Terminator module
226. ove the side 1 cover and the four screws that attach the NVRAM daughter card to the module Lift the module off the connector Figure 5 8 NVRAM Daughter Card tof ttt ee ee test H BX 0757 95 5 24 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules Removal 1 Remove the KFTIA module See Section 5 7 for instructions Place the module on an ESD pad on a level surface 2 Remove the side cover from the KFTIA module by removing the eight screws Note that the three screws attaching the cover to the bulkhead are larger than the five attaching it to the standoffs 3 Remove and save the four screws that attach the NVRAM daughter card to the KFTIA module Leave the standoffs on the module 4 Lift the NVRAM daughter card off the connector see in Figure 5 8 Grasp the card near the connector and lift it off the connector Replacement 1 Remove the insulator tape from under the battery clip on the replacement NVRAM daughter card For battery location see Figure 5 9 2 Attach the replacement daughter card to the connector 3 Attach the daughter card to the module with the screws saved in step 3 above 4 Replace the side 1 cover on the KFTIA module 5 Replace the KFTTA module See Section 5 7 for instructions Verification Power up the system and check that all modules appear in the self test display Enter
227. processor system unit but it does have a cabinet control panel mounted just above the power regulator The upper half of the cabinet can be filled with PCI or StorageWorks shelves Expander Cabinet Configuration Rules e ach system can have up to two expander cabinets The first expander cabinet is placed to the right of the main cabinet and the second to the left See Figure 8 3 e PCI shelves are installed in the space above the cabinet control panel StorageWorks shelves are installed above PCI shelves Figure 8 3 System with Two Expander Cabinets Front View Second Main First Expander Cabinet Expander Cabinet Cabinet BX 0600A 94 Configuration Rules 8 5 8 3 Power System The power system consists of a power regulator with optional battery backup distribution cables and the cabinet control logic CCL module Each PCI shelf and StorageWorks shelf has its own power supply that generates DC voltages from the 48VDC cabinet power Figure 8 4 Power System Front H CT Power Strip Power Regulators BX 0603 94 8 6 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 About t
228. protect batteries against accidental short circuiting by affixing non conductive tape across battery terminals or conductive surfaces If the battery is not marked or if you require other information regarding batteries consult your nearest Digital Service Center PowerSystem 10 5 10 2 2 Charger Board Removal and Replacement The charger board is located at the left rear corner of the power regulator You must also remove the daughter card which is attached to the side of the unit Figure 10 4 Charger Board Removal BX 0651 95 10 6 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and push the control panel On Off switch to Off 2 Shut the power regulator circuit breaker off If the system has two power regulators shut off both regulator circuit breakers and the power strip circuit breaker Disconnect the AC power cord 3 Remove the power regulator see Section 10 1 4 Remove the battery power connector plate by removing the two small Phillips screws see 5 Disconnect the 16 pin cable connector at J6 on the 2400 watt power supply see Disconnect the three LED cables see O Disconnect the five cables 2 red 3 black connected to the AC power filter board see Disconnect the 2 pin breaker sensor connector see 9 Remove the nine screws that attach the charger board and daughter card to the power regulator chassis see 10 Carefully lift the charger board up
229. provide relevant information after the operating system has been running and halted with Ctrl P to return to console mode The user enters the selection 5 for a listing of TLSB registers oo The listing of bus registers continues for several pages this is only the first page and a half to show that bus registers for all the modules are listed The console commands allow the UNIX concept of piping Here an info command requesting a listing of TLSB registers is piped into a UNIX grep command which prints all lines produced by the info 5 that contain TLBER This is another example of UNIX type piping showing the grep command with a wildcard in which all lines produced by the info 5 command beginning with TLMMR are printed Console Display and Diagnostics 3 19 3 5 Show Power Display 8400 Three Phase Power AlphaServer 8400 systems with three phase power have available the show power command for troubleshooting As shown in Example 3 11 the show power command can be used to display the power status of 8400 systems with three phase power The cabinet contains three power regulators If the cabinet has fewer than three regulators the appropriate column A B or C is left blank The bottom three lines of output showing PIU power status apply only to the main cabinet Example 3 11 Show Power Command P00 gt gt gt show power Cabinet Main Regulator A B amp Primary Micro Firmware Rev 2 0 2 0 23 0 Second
230. ptions Connectors only are shown in Figure 14 4 Field Replaceable Units 14 9 14 5 FRUs in the XMI Plug In Unit The XMI plug in unit contains at least 11 FRUs including the XMI backplane assembly power regulators logic modules and cables Figure 14 5 XMI Plug In Unit Front Showing FRU Locations BX 0703 94 14 10 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 70 30396 01 XMI backplane assembly 30 36010 01 Module A power regulator 30 36009 01 Module B power regulator 1T2028 AA DWLMA module TLSB to XMI slot 8 12030 YA Clock and arbitration module slot 7 17 03162 01 Signal cable 17 03163 01 48V power cable 17 03202 01 Power distribution cable rear of PIU 17 03416 01 5VB jumper rear of PIU 17 03533 01 Bulkhead to XMI signal rear of PIU NOTE A module with an XMI corner must be in slot 1 or 14 of the XMI card cage Field Replaceable Units 14 11 14 6 FRUs in the Futurebus Plug In Unit The Futurebus plug in unit contains four FRUs including the backplane assembly power regulators and logic modules Figure 14 6 Futurebus Plug In Unit Front Showing FRU Locations o BX 0704 94 14 12 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 oOo 8 6 54 21662 01 30 36011 01 30 36009 01 B2003 AA Futurebus backplane assembly Module A2 power regulator Module B power regulator DWLAA module TLSB to Futurebus slot 5 Field Replaceable Units 14 13 14 7 FRUs i
231. r 8400 System Chapter14 fFHeld Replaceable Units 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 5 14 6 14 7 14 8 14 9 14 10 FRUs Accessible from the Front of the Cabinet ccscceesseeeeeeees 14 2 FRUs Accessible from the Rear of the Cabinet 0 ceccccecseeeseeeeeeeees 14 4 FRUs in the Battery Cabinet ee eee eeeeessecneceeeeesseeneeeesaeeneeeesaeeeaes 14 6 FRUs in the PCI Plug In Unit eeeeseceseeeneceseessneeseecsseeseesseees 14 8 FRUs in the XMI Plug In Unit 0 eesesseecneeeeneesneeeseeeseeenseeeee 14 10 FRUs in the Futurebus Plug In Unit ee eeeesseeeeceseneeeeneeeee 14 12 FRUs in the SCSI Storage Plug In Unit eee eeeeeeeeeececeneeeeeeeeeee 14 14 FRUs in the DSSI Disk Plug In Unit 0 eee eeeeeeseeceneeeeeseneeeeeeeeee 14 16 FRUs in the Battery Plug In Unit 00 ee eeeesseceseeceeeceseeeeeeeeeeeee 14 18 Cable E casttenctest a lives rhea estas tort EE ti estens obits bast EEE Bs eae 14 20 Chapter15 Configuration Rules 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 15 5 15 6 15 7 15 8 15 8 1 15 8 2 15 8 3 15 8 4 15 8 5 15 8 6 Maiti Cabinet reetako doy eno a bes eE E techs tn Seti A E A subsea aeS 15 2 Expander Gabinete erdroe iE EE S E ANER Sas 15 4 Battery Cabinet i he SA sea heed tah SE 15 6 Single Phase Power System cecceeeseseseeeeeeeseesseeceeeceaeecseecsaeesseeesneaes 15 8 Three Phase Power System eceeeccesscecceeeeeceeeeceeseecesseeeesaeeeseeeeens 15 10 TESB Card C f n nterni toed Woh Wahine alesis 15 12
232. rap At the rear of the cabinet shut off the system circuit breaker by pushing down on the handle see in Figure 18 1 Remove the bus bar cover by removing the two M5 nuts see the cover is shown in Figure 18 1 in outline Remove and save the four 8 mm nuts that attach the regulator to the bus bar assembly see The four nuts on the right side of the bus bar are for PS2 those to the left are for PS1 At the front of the cabinet remove the cover from the power system box Use a Phillips screwdriver to release the two quarter turn fasteners see O Lift the cover from the bottom slots Figure 18 1 shows the power system with the cover already removed Disconnect the signal cable see Disconnect the power cable see Release the captive fastener at the bottom front of the regulator see 10 Slide the regulator out the front of the power system box Replacement 1 iS 4 5 6 7 Slide the replacement regulator between the guides in the front of the power system box Tighten the captive fastener at the bottom front of the regulator At the rear of the cabinet attach the regulator to the bus bar assembly with the four reserved 8 mm nuts Replace the bus bar cover At the front of the cabinet connect the power and signal cables Replace the cover on the power system box Turn on the system circuit breaker by pushing the handle up Verification Power up the system and check that the
233. rciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser device exerciser all testing network exerciser network exerciser network exerciser network exerciser network exerciser down drivers down units on down units on down units on down units on down units on down units on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on O B on on on on on SN e E e a e e E e E e a a a e a a E a E E a e a E E e a e E a e E E demnaO kzmsa0O tulip2 tulip3 tulipo t lipty kf0 0 0 9 8 id 64e in READ ONLY mode kf0 0 0 9 8 id 64e kf200 2 0 9 8 id 8a8 in READ ONLY mode kf200 2 0 9 8 id 8a8 kf300 3 0 9 8 id b09 in READ ONLY mode kf300 3 0 9 8 id b09 ub18 0 0 11 8 id d63 in READ ONLY mode ub18 0 0 11 8 id d63 kf0 0 0 9 8 id feb in READ ONLY mode k 0 0 0 9 8 id feb kf200 2 0 9 8 id 1245 in READ ONLY mode k 200 2 0 9 8 id 1245 k 300 3 0 9 8 id 14a8 in READ ONLY mode k 300 3 0 9 8 id 14a8 ub18 0 0 11 8 id 1702 in READ ONLY mode ub18 0 0 11 8 id 1702 kf0 0 0 9 8 id 1989 in READ ONLY mode k
234. rd cage has slots for five modules see Figure 8 6 These modules are a combination of processor KN7CC memory MS7CC and the I O modules The maximum number of processor modules is three Uni or dual CPU modules are allowed in the following combinations 1 CPU uni CPU module only 2 CPUs dual CPU module only 4 CPUs two dual CPU modules 6 CPUs three dual CPU modules All CPUs must have the same speed and cache size The maximum number of memory modules is three Memory modules may reside in slots 5 through 7 only Each system must have one I O module which must be in slot 8 The minimum configuration is one processor module one memory module and one I O module In this configuration the processor module must be in slot 4 the memory module in slot 7 and the I O module in slot 8 A terminator module must be placed in any open slot in the TLSB card cage About the Storage Drawer The storage drawer contains one 5 25 slot five 3 5 slots and a power supply slot The 5 25 slot and one 3 5 slot are accessible from the front of the cabinet The remaining four 3 5 slots are accessible from the rear of the cabinet The CD ROM drive is installed in the 5 25 slot A StorageWorks disk or tape option is installed in the 3 5 slot that is accessible from the front of the cabinet Up to four 3 5 hard disk drives can be installed in the four slots accessible from the rear of the cabinet Configuration Rules 8 9
235. re 15 11 PCI Plug In Unit BX 0764 95 15 20 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the PCI Plug In Unit A PCI PIU with one PCI shelf is shown in Figure 15 11 The PCI PIU consists of an enclosure and one or two shelves A PCI shelf consists of one 12 slot PCI card cage with a 48 VDC power converter and a hose connection The maximum number of PCI shelves in the main cabinet is four The maximum number per system is 12 shelves Each PCI PIU requires at least one I O cable connection The I O system can accommodate a maximum of four PCI shelves for each KFTHA and one PCI shelf for each KFTIA PCI PIU Configuration Rules Each PCI PIU uses one quadrant Q2 or Q4 see Figure 15 10 Only a SCSI storage PIU BA655 AB may be installed in the quadrant in front of the PCI PIU Q1 or Q3 Each PCI shelf fills half of the PCI PIU enclosure The other half may hold a second PCI shelf DWLPA BA in the main cabinet or DWLPA BB in the expander cabinet or a BA658 AA StorageWorks shelf The PCI to hose interface is standard in every PCI shelf It does not require a PCI slot One PCI shelf in a system can have an optional standard I O module The standard I O module requires a floppy drive Configuration rules for the PCI are listed on the next page Configuration Rules 15 21 PCI Configuration Rules e Each PCI shelf has 12 slots for option modules and one reserved slot for the standar
236. ree screws attaching the cover to the bulkhead are larger than the five attaching it to the standoffs Remove any daughter cards from the module See Section 5 8 for the FDDI daughter card and Section 5 9 for the NVRAM daughter card If the module has an FDDI daughter card remove the FDDI bulkhead connector from the KFTIA by removing the screw from the top of the connector Save the connector and screw Replacement 1 2 3 If the KFTIA module being replaced had any daughter cards on it do the following a Place the new module on an ESD pad on a level surface Remove the side 1 cover b Ifthe KFTIA module had an FDDI daughter card on the replacement module remove the blank from the FDDI bulkhead connector position see in Figure 5 6 To do this remove the screw at the top and replace it with the connector saved in step 7 above c Install the daughter card or cards on the replacement module See Section 5 8 for the FDDI card and Section 5 9 for the NVRAM card d Replace the side 1 cover on the KFTIA module Insert the KFTIA module in the card cage See Section 5 4 Connect all bulkhead cables Verification Power up the system and check that the green self test LED under the single ended SCSI connector on the KFTIA module lights Check the self test display for plus signs on the internal PCI line If any minus signs print run the show config command and check the internal PCI bus section TLSB Modules 5 21 5
237. ror else eee or EV5 DIGA error gy Ne nade eine Any TMEM TLBER lt 17 gt CPU high CWDE on write or VIC write Any TLSB node med from CPU1 EV5 DIGA error else CPU high CSR write to KFTxA or CPU Any TLSB node med EV5 DIGA error Inconsistent CPU high DTDE set but no supporting data Any TLSB node med SBE in quadword1 3 of a CSR write to TLEP Dismiss found in other branch of parse tree End of the line for CPU based 620 s BX 0192G 95 4 58 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 4 Machine Check 620 Eror Continued KFTxA Called from IPL17 routines KFTxA 620 s do not have a 620 valid stack frame They are marked by the Op Sys with MCHK Reason Mask of FFFF KFTxA TLBER lt 17 gt Already handled in TLEPx TLBER lt 17 gt Search all TLEPs TLEP part of 620 parse tree previous pages Already handled in TLEP part of 620 660 TLEPx TLEPAERR lt 7 gt Search all TLEPs parse tree previous KFTxA TLBER lt 24 gt pages KFTxA TLBER lt 23 20 gt Select TLESRy where y 3 if TLBER lt 23 gt is set y 2 if TLBER lt 22 gt is set etc TMEMx TLBER lt 17 gt Search all TMEMs TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 011 or 101 KFTxA TLESRy lt 17 gt KFTxA high CWDE on KFTxXA write Any TLSB node IDP TLSB interface error med else high CWDE on KFTxA write L 2AE r9 KFTXA error TMEMx TLFADR lt 18 16 gt 111 KFTXA high KFTxA TLESRy lt 17 gt Any TLSB node CWDE on KFTxA CSR write IDP TLSB
238. rror Vector 2 Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev Dev TLaser PCI Registers Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec Vec NNNNNNN NN NN NHN DN DN NH Slot Slot Slot Slot lot Lot Lot lot Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot nnn wn Reg A2 Reg A2 SN OS SSNS oS NOS SNS WWWWNHN NN NFP FFP FP OO CO Base Reg A2 Reg B2 Reg B2 Base Reg B2 Reg C2 Reg C2 IntA IntB TREC IntD IntA IntB Intc IntD IntA IntB TREC IntD IntA IntB Intc IntD x00400000 x00000009 x00000000 x01030000 x00000000 x00000000 x00000000 x007F0000 x00800003 x00000000 x3FFF0000 x40000002 x00000000 xO0FFF0000 xF0000003 x00000000 x00000967 x00000D70 x00000D80 x00000D90 x00000DA0 x00000DB0 x00000DC0 x00000DD0 x00000DE0 x00000DFO x00000E00 x00000E10 x00000E20 x00000E30 x00000E40 x00000E50 x00000E60 all Masters PCI Cut Through Enable Memory Read Multiple Enable Error Summary 4 CSR Overrun Error DMA Read from Memory Error Interrupt Enable Device Interrupt Priority IPL 14 Generate Correct parity HPC Gate Array Revision 0 RM Down Hose Translate Ad x00000000 Interrupt Source Slot 0 INTA Window Size 8 MB Scatter Gather Enable Window Enable Window Base Address x00000080 Translated Base Address x00000000 Window Size 1 GB Window Enable Window Base Address
239. ry Plug In Unit Configuration Rules 15 1 15 1 Main Cabinet The main cabinet includes the cabinet control system and control panel TLSB card cage with modules power and cooling systems and plug in units Figure 15 1 Main Cabinet Front Rear Cabinet Control L_ System H 7 03 Bd TLSB Card Cage 7 Power System x pp Cooling System oo000 e ooooo ooooo ooooo Plug In Units BX 0708 94 15 2 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 About the Main Cabinet The main cabinet H9FOO FB FC FD FE contains the following components e Cabinet control system including control panel e TLSB card cage with processor memory I O and terminator modules e Power and cooling systems e One or more plug in units for lO Disks Batteries The system must have a CD ROM drive to use as an initial load device Variants of the main cabinet are listed in Table 15 1 Table 15 1 Main Cabinet Variants CabinetPartNumber Regulator H9FO0 FB Single phase H9F00 FC Three phase 120 208 V 60 Hz U S H9F00 FD Three phase 220 240 380 415 V 50 Hz Europe H9F00 FE Three phase 202 V 50 60 Hz Japan Configuration Rules 15 3 15 2 Expander Cabinet The expa
240. s V OUT When this switch is in the ENABLE position down power DISABLE output for both regulators is enabled Power output is shut off ENABLE _when this switch is in the DISABLE position up 2 28 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Table 2 8 I O PIU Power Regulator LEDs LED Color State Meaning MOD OK Green On Regulator is working Off Regulator is not working or V OUT DISABLE switch is set to DISABLE down 48V Green On 48V is present OC Yellow On Overcurrent condition OT Yellow On Overtemperature condition OV Yellow On Overvoltage condition The OC OT and OV LEDs are latching indicators Each LED indicates that a fault condition was or is present The condition may have been cleared but the LED remains lit until it is reset Figure 2 27 Troubleshooting I O PIUs Both regulators 48V LEDs on Check connectors on the regulators Check power wires and signal ribbon cable connectors located on the power regulators yay Check AC and DC power supply Check 48 VDC power where PIU connects Check power outlet with voltmeter at PIU connection point involves removing front half of PTU Both MOD OK LEDs off e Make sure ENABLE switch is down Check signal cabling at reachable points CCL module and power regulators O Make sure clock card is in slot 7 of XMI Only one MOD _ g Replace that regulator OK LED off BX 0173 95 Troubleshooting with LED
241. s 2 29 2 7 Troubleshooting with 8400 XMI and Futurebus I O Module LEDs Figure 2 28 shows the LEDs on the DWLMA adapter and clock card for the XMI bus and on the DWLLA adapter for the Futurebus Figure 2 28 XMI and Futurebus Adapter LEDs XMI Card Cage Futurebus Card Cage Fault Run Self test Debug Power on Fatal Error Power Error Summary DWLMA Clock Card DWLLA BX 0139 94 DWLMA Bus Adapter LEDs The DWLMA bus adapter for the XMI bus has five LEDs Table 2 9 lists the DWLMA LEDs and their self test passed status NOTE If the DWLMA adapter fails self test check the clock card at node 7 in the XMI card cage Ifthe clock card fails testing power LED is off the DWLMA adapter will also fail 2 30 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Table 2 9 DVWLMA LEDs LED Color Self Test Passes STP Yellow On Self test passed DBGDIS Green On Debug disabled POK Green On Power OK FTLERR Red Off Fatal error ES Red Off Error Summary Clock Card The clock card always at XMI node 7 has a yellow LED that lights to indicate that power is enabled in the XMI card cage The POWER ENABLE H signal is looped through the clock card so that the XMI power system cannot be enabled unless the clock card is properly installed Table 2 10 DWLAA Module LEDs Fault LED Yellow Run LED Green Meaning Off Off No power to module Off On Passed self test is operational On Off Oper
242. s 7 2 7 2 FRUs Accessible from the Rear cccsccccssscceeeseeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeesnaeeeesaees 7 4 7 3 FRUs in the Processor System Unit cee ceeeeeseesseccneeseeeesseesseeeeeeesseenaes 7 6 7 4 FRUs in the PCI Shelf eases aitoe inneni rean eanan idhean 7 8 7 5 FRUs in the StorageWorks Shelf eee ee eescceseeceseeeeeecneeeeseeeseeeesseenaes 7 10 7 6 FRUs in the Power Regulator sc ceeescecsseceseecneeceecsseeseeeeeeeeneeeeseeens 7 12 7 7 Cables aeinn dead scecdaadestediades Levtusendeveider des titi can vacae cde vcavesadadsuasan ceuedades 7 14 Chapter 8 Configuration Rules 8 1 M n Cabinets rote ona Saas a E E E D 8 2 8 2 Expander OA DNE a re Ta r aE ates a EE E AA RE E EEEE IAE Ceas 8 4 8 3 P wer Systemic onnaa dbus EEEa EE EEA EAEE E EESE 8 6 8 4 TLSB Card Cage and Storage Drawer u e ee eeeeeeseeeeseceseeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeeeee 8 8 8 5 VO Interface a ae Oi E E 8 10 8 6 oIa D AE E EE EE OE EE E EEE OEO EE 8 12 8 6 1 PCEShelf raua a E ei hai aie eal ees 8 14 8 6 2 StorageWorks Shelf ceseseseseesonesenessoneseneesssenenssenserensvesenees 8 16 Chapter9 Cabinet Control System 9 1 Control Panel Removal and Replacement ee eeeeeseeeseeeneeeeeeeeneeeeee 9 2 9 2 Cabinet Control Logic Module Removal and Replacement 0 9 4 Chapter10 Power System 10 1 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement cee eeeeeeeeeeseecneeeeeeeeee 10 2 10 2 BBU Option Removal and Replacement
243. s and other components The power bus bar delivers 48 VDC power to modules on the system bus All slots in the system bus must be filled for proper termination of the bus filler modules are supplied as part of the base system Modules on the system bus contain DC to DC converters that step the power down to the voltages required by the particular component This connection provides power to the system blower that cools the entire system 48 VDC power is supplied to system plug in unit housing through receptacles located on a crossbar of the PIU housing This receptacle is covered by a plate that is removed when a PIU is installed Overview of the Systems 1 15 1 8 AlphaServer 8200 Power Subsystem Overview The power subsystem consists of those system components that deliver electrical current to the rest of the system Figure 1 10 AlphaServer 8200 Power Subsystem Overview J ll AU ae tl o all o A A Individual q i Circuit Breakers 3 O l S ije a 2 allsfele 2 S i 1 A i a Regulator b J Circuit Breaker Si Front Rear BX 0146D 95 1 16 Service Manual Single phase AC power enters the system through the AC input box The front view in Figure 1 10 shows one power regulator The rear view shows two to illustrate how the AC power enters the power strip and then
244. seeseeeeeseereeereseeerreressreseserersreerese 6 6 Updating an Unknown Device seseseseeeseesresereerrrerssressreesresereeereee 6 7 Modify Command i eo na See OS ee he NSS Figures Eee oie see ee es ee ee Se Wee al pa paak j N o 1 13 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 17 2 18 2 19 2 20 2 21 2 22 2 23 2 24 2 25 2 26 2 27 2 28 2 29 AlphaServer 8400 and 8200 System Cabinets ceeeesesseecseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 1 AlphaServer 8400 and 8200 Systems essesseesseeceseeeseeeseesseeseeeeeee 1 2 TESB System Busiecs issseessssiss sadacis sist sans aa eie E a iE 1 4 General Appearance of TLSB Modules 0 0 0 0 ceeseesceessceneeeneeseneeeneeeesees 1 5 KN7CG Processor Module ssi era enoe shioh Mel eas EE aE ran 1 6 MS7CC BA 128 Mbyte Memory Module s src 1 8 KE THA MOU ests sc ccsdsitncs havieestgsehsceettnicatesiaccasdaeseastedisteaslomssictesiotest tans 1 10 KFTIA Module rrei e e tite Bee ats eet Palen act tet totes 1 12 AlphaServer 8400 Power System Overview ccccecccsceceseceseeeteeseneeeeee 1 14 AlphaServer 8200 Power Subsystem Overview seccceeseeeeseeeeeseeeees 1 16 AlphaServer 82 8400 I O Buses and In Cab Storage 1 18 Troubleshooting Steps cseescccsseccssseeceeeeseecseecsseecesaeeesaeecseeesseeeesaes 1 20 Troubleshooting Tools ccsccceesssseeeeseeeceeneeceeseeeeceseneeeeesneeeesseeeeess 1 21 Control Panel o
245. sing a DWLPA Motherboard Error Example 4 7 cccceeeeeees 4 17 Cables sz sisc cestaskascesaeatcee lias a T hes tes iaties dha AR a Ri 7 14 PCI EISA Configuration Rules KFE70 Installed 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 15 Cables a assed tinsain ead Benda eis dhe 14 20 Main Cabinet Variants niarren ele Relate ile hes 15 3 Expander Cabinet Variants sjenina a ei 15 5 Memory Module Options cee eeeeeeseecsseeceeeceseeceseeeesaeeesaeessaeesseeeees 15 14 Placement of I O Modules eeseeeescesseeeeecececsneeseseeeesaeessaeessaeeeees 15 14 Configuration Examples cscceescccsscecesseceeessneecsseessseeeesaeecsaeesseeeees 15 15 PCI EISA Configuration Rules KFE70 Installed eeeeeeeeeerees 15 23 Summary of Console Commands 0 eee eeeeesceseeeeeeeeenseeesseeeneeesaeeeaes A 1 Hnvironiment Variables nier eeo a a A ERa a EE daa A 6 Settings for the graphics_switch Environment Variable cece A 8 Preface Intended Audience This manual is written for the customer service engineer Document Struc ture This manual uses a structured documentation design Topics are organized into small sections for efficient online and printed reference Each topic begins with an abstract You can quickly gain a comprehensive overview by reading only the abstracts Next is an illustration or example which also provides quick reference Last in the structure are descriptive text and syntax definit
246. sor eseeeseeseeereeseriesrerererssriesrressreseeee 5 2 5 2 How to Replace the Boot Processor ee eeeeceesseeeseeesseeesneeeseeeeseeees 5 4 5 3 How to Add a New Processor or Replace a Secondary Processot 5 8 5 4 Processor Memory or Terminator Module Removal and Replacement 5 12 5 5 SIMM Removal and Replacement esseeseeeeseeeeeereesrerirrrserrerrerrrereere 5 14 5 6 I O Cable and KFTHA Module Removal and Replacement 5 18 5 7 KFTIA Module Removal and Replacement ssseeeeeeeeeeereerrerrereerreeeees 5 20 5 8 FDDI Daughter Card Removal and Replacement eeeeeeeeseeereeeeee 5 22 5 9 NVRAM Daughter Card Removal and Replacement eects 5 24 5 10 NVRAM Battery Removal and Replacement ceceeeseseeeseeeneeeeeees 5 26 Chapter 6 Updating Firmware 6 1 Booting LEU ee irese E e e eneo S Pos ESEE EO tos EOE pave es tees rata 6 2 6 2 E E E T E E iavdeiohis Ante 6 4 6 3 LONO Fer E E T Si oie Neb hase he et PR 6 6 6 4 EEX At ERA pve sada tis ueldstes A ET 6 10 6 5 Display and Verify Commands eeeeeceeeseesseeseeeeseeeeeeeeseesaeessseeeneers 6 12 6 6 How to Update Corrupted Firmware eeeeseesceesseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesaes 6 14 6 7 How to Modify Device Attributes 20 0 0 eee eseceseeceseeeseecneeceseeeneeeesaeeeaee 6 18 Part3 AlphaServer 8200 System Chapter 7 Field Replaceable Units 7 1 FRUs Accessible from the Front of the Cabinet cc ceescseeeereeeeteee
247. ssible values are pass or fail The o at nodes 7 and 8 I O modules indicate adapter testing has not been done yet BPD lines indicate boot processor determination After testing individual processors ST1 tests the processor with the lowest TLSB node number is selected as boot processor This process occurs again after ST2 and ST3 testing B indicates boot processor E indicates a processor that is enabled to become the boot processor and D indicates that a console command has been issued disabling the processor from the possibility of becoming the boot processor During the second round of tests ST2 all tests are run to make sure that each CPU can send and receive data to and from memory sometimes called CPU MEM tests Results are reported for each processor and memory a plus sign indicates that ST2 testing passed a minus sign ST2 testing failed If the boot processor selected after ST1 testing fails these tests another with the next highest TLSB node number is selected as boot processor The boot processor is again reported on the second BPD line During the third round of tests ST3 all processors run multiprocessor tests and then the KFTHA and KFTIA adapters are tested Notice that this line displays the results of the adapter testing Both passed in this case If the boot processor had failed multiprocessor testing the new boot processor selected would be displayed
248. state or Inconsistent or look at other CPUs wrong TLEP TLEPx TLEPAERR lt 07 gt 40 CPU else CPU detects Inconsistent UDE but memory error status does not validate source CPU high UDE on read or read dirty TLSB DIGA interface else UDE on read Error between DIGA EV5 This is a 670 error BX 0186J 95 4 34 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued Local EV5 not a participant TLBER lt 16 gt TLBER lt 24 gt TLBER lt 3 0 gt Select TLESRx TLESRx lt 22 gt CPU 0 is data source or TLESRx lt 23 gt CPU 1 is data source TMEMn TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TMEMs TMEMn TLFADR1 lt 18 16 gt 010 Read or 100 Read Lock TLEPy TLBER lt 16 gt Search all other TLEPs TLESRx lt 17 gt CPU high from CPUa Any TLSB node med B Scache by Terminator TLEPy TLSB centerplane else Read dirty CPU high from CPUa B Scache by TLEPy EV5 B or Scache DIGA KFTxAy TLBER lt 16 gt Search all KFTxAs CPU high KFTXA med Any TLSB node low Read dirty from CPUa B Scache by TLEPy EVIR or Scache DIGA Covered elsewhere BX 0186K 95 el DEC event ErorLog 435 Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Eror Continued TMEMn TLFADR1 lt 18 16 gt 011 Write or 111 CSR write TLESRx lt 17 gt CPU high Any TLSB node med UDE on Beast write Terminator TLSB DIGA interfac TLSB centerplane UDE on Beast wri
249. te EV5 DIGA error TMEMn TLFADR1 lt 18 16 gt 001 Victim TLESRx lt 17 gt CPU high UDE on Victim write 42 T SB node med TLSB DIGA interface UDE on Victim write Bcache DIGA error Look at another TMEM with Inconsistent or wrong TMEM TLBER lt 16 gt 1 If none inconsistent KFTxAn TLBER lt 16 gt CPU high TLESRx lt 17 gt Any TLSB node med UDE on CSR write to Terminator KFTxA DIGA TLSB TLSB centerplane interface else UDE on CSR write to KFTxA EV5 DIGA error CPU high BX 0186L 95 4 36 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 4 2 Machine Check 660 Enor Continued TLEPn TLBER lt 16 gt Search all TLEPs CPU high TLESRx lt 17 gt Any TLSB node med UDE on CSR write to Terminator another TLEP TLSB centerplane TLSB DIGA interface error UDE on CSR write to another TLEP EV5 DIGA error CPU high TLESRx lt 17 gt Any TLSB node med UDE on CSR write to Terminator this TLEP TLSB centerplane TLSB DIGA interface error UDE on CSR write to this TLEP TLESRx lt 23 22 gt Parse through UDE on CSR read or write Cee Re from other CPU EV5 DIGA error KFTxAn TLBER lt 16 gt Search all KFTxAs JTLESRx lt 17 gt _ Should not UDE on UDE on CSR read of read of happen TLEP by KFTXA TLSB DIGA interface else Should not UDE on CSR read happen of TLEP by KFTxA DIGA error BX 0186M 95
250. tem Chapter 10 Power System tells how to remove and replace components of the AlphaServer 8200 power system Chapter 11 Processor System Unit tells how to remove and replace components of the AlphaServer 8200 processor system unit Chapter 12 PCI Shelves describes how to remove and replace PCI bus shelves Chapter 13 StorageWorks Shelves tells how to remove and replace StorageWorks shelves and components within StorageWorks shelves Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 System Chapter 14 Field Replaceable Units describes the components of the AlphaServer 8400 system that are replaceable by field service personnel Chapter 15 Configuration Rules provides configuration information for the AlphaServer 8400 main and expander cabinet power system TLSB card cage T O interface and PCI plug in unit Chapter 16 Cabinet Doors and Panels tells how to remove and replace the AlphaServer 8400 doors and top and side panels Chapter 17 Cabinet Control System describes how to remove and replace components of the AlphaServer 8400 cabinet control system Chapter 18 Power and Cooling Systems tells how to remove and replace components of the AlphaServer 8400 power and cooling subsystems Chapter 19 TLSB Card Cage describes how to remove and insert modules in the TLSB card cage and how to remove and replace the card cage itself Chapter 20 PCI Plug In Unit tells how to remove and replace a PCI plug in unit in the AlphaServer 8400 syste
251. ter testing has not been done yet 3 2 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting BPD lines indicate boot processor determination After testing individual processors ST1 tests the processor with the lowest TLSB node number is selected as boot processor This process occurs again after ST2 and ST3 testing B indicates boot processor E indicates the processor is enabled to become the boot processor and D indicates that a console command has been issued disabling the processor from the possibility of becoming the boot processor During the second round of tests ST2 all tests are run to make sure that each CPU can send and receive data to and from memory sometimes called CPU MEM tests On line ST2 results are reported for each processor and memory a plus sign indicates that ST2 testing passed and a minus sign that ST2 testing failed If the boot processor selected after ST1 testing fails these tests another with the next higher TLSB node number is selected as boot processor The boot processor is again reported on the second BPD line During the third round of tests ST3 all processors run multiprocessor tests and then the KFTIA and KFTHA adapters are tested Notice that this line displays the results of the adapter testing If the boot processor had failed multiprocessor testing the new boot processor selected would be displayed on this line A plus sign at the right of the CO PCI line means that the
252. the EMI gaskets 5 Power up the system At the console prompt set the system model number and serial number P00 gt gt gt set mode adv P00 gt gt gt set sys_model_num 8400 P00 gt gt gt set sys_serial_num lt number gt The variable lt number gt is the response you noted in step 1 of the Removal procedure Verification Power up the system and check that the entire self test display prints TLSBCard Cage 19 3 19 2 TLSB Card Cage Removal Remove all modules front and rear disconnect the cables from the front of the card cage remove the system clock card remove and save the mounting brackets and slide the cage out from the front You will need a Phillips head screwdriver and 8 mm and 10 mm nutdrivers Figure 19 8 TLSB Card Cage Removal Front Rear BX 0772 95 19 4 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Note the locations of the modules in the card cage and remove the modules See Sections 5 4 5 6 and 5 7 4 At the front of the card cage use the 8 mm nutdriver to remove the kepnuts from the terminal cover see in Figure 19 8 Save the kepnuts Using the 10 mm nutdriver remove the nuts and washers that attach the power and ground cables to the power p
253. the cabinet The power regulators convert the 48 VDC to the 12 3 and 5 VDC power used by the StorageWorks I O devices The same type of clips and receptacles used for the StorageWorks shelves supply 48 VDC power to the PCI card cage A regulator inside the card cage converts the 48 VDC to the power used internally Overview of the Systems 1 17 1 9 I O Buses and In Cab Storage Devices Both the AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 system and expander cabinets are designed to hold PCI EISA bus shelves and StorageWorks I O device shelves In addition the AlphaServer 8400 cabinets can hold XMI and Futurebus buses Figure 1 11 AlphaServer 82 8400 I O Buses and In Cab Storage 8200 System Cab 8400 System Cab XMI or Futurebus 8400 only gt BX 0183 94 1 18 Service Manual Figure 1 11 shows an AlphaServer 8200 system cabinet and an AlphaServer 8400 system cabinet As shown the PCI EISA bus and StorageWorks shelves are mounted horizontally in the 8200 and vertically within enclosures called plug in units PIUs in the 8400 Each StorageWorks shelf has room for up to seven devices including a signal converter and 3 25 inch disks or tapes A power unit DC to DC converter is in the bottom leftmost slot of the shelf The AlphaServer 8200 cabinets are structured to hold horizonta
254. the card cage 2 Place the module on an ESD pad on a level surface Remove both module covers by removing the nine screws from each The screws that attach to the end plate of the module are larger than those that attach to the standoffs 3 Use an adjustable wrench to remove the standoff at the end of the row with the failing SIMM See in Figure 5 3 or 5 4 4 Beginning with J2 J12 or J24 on the E2035 module or with J2 J14 or J28 on the E2036 module remove each SIMM up to and including the failing SIMM To remove a SIMM release the latch on each end of the connector by inserting a Phillips screwdriver into the slot and pressing down See Figure 5 2 See Figures 5 3 and 5 4 for SIMM connector numbers Replacement 1 Insert the replacement SIMM into the connector at a 45 degree angle As you rotate it to an upright position the latches will snap into place The SIMM is keyed on the sides and in the center so that the correct side faces front 2 Insert the other SIMMs in their connectors 3 Replace the standoff The square standoff goes on side the component side and the hexagonal standoff on side 2 Torque the standoffs to 12 inch pounds 15 inch pounds maximum 4 Replace the module covers 5 Replace the memory module Verification P00 gt gt gt set simm_callout on POO gt gt gt init self test display appears P00 gt gt gt show simm test message appears P00 gt gt gt set simm_callout
255. the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle 3 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 4 Remove the two screws Phillips on the left side of the control panel See in Figure 17 1 5 Swing the left side of the panel toward you Slide the assembly to the left to remove See 6 Disconnect the cables from the circuit board Place the control panel face down on a flat surface Remove the circuit board by easing the clips away from the board and pulling the board up See Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification Power up the system and turn the keyswitch to Enable Check that the Key On LED lights Cabinet Control System 17 3 17 2 CD ROM Drive Removal and Replacement The CD ROM drive is housed in a box mounted on rails in the cabinet Slotted captive screws hold the box in the cabinet Phillips screws attach the top to the box and the CD ROM drive to the box Access is from the front of the cabinet Figure 17 2 CD ROM Drive 5 A BX 0760 95 17 4 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 Removal 1 2 3 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable Shut the circuit breaker off by pushing down the handle Remove all cable connectors from the rear of the box that houses the CD ROM drive Remove the control panel See Section 17 1 Loosen the two captive screws slotted at the lower sides of th
256. the show configuration show device and test commands TLSB Modules 5 25 5 10 NVRAM Battery Removal and Replacement Remove the NVRAM daughter card Slide the battery out of the holder Observe all notes and cautions on the next page Figure 5 9 NVRAM Battery So 22 Lil CC Lil a BX 0759 95 5 26 Service Manual Part 2 TLSB Modules Removal 1 Remove the daughter card see Section 5 9 2 Place the daughter card on an ESD pad on a level surface battery side up 3 Lift the clip slightly and slide the battery out of the holder See in Figure 5 9 REPLACEMENT OF BATTERIES When batteries are replaced use only batteries that are compatible with the product s electrical requirements and recharging circuitry if applicable Consult your local Digital Service Center for information and proper servicing CAUTION There is a danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations or consult your Digital Service Center CAUTION Keep small batteries away from children Replacement 1 Slide the replacement battery into the holder so that the flat side of the battery is up The battery holder is made to accept the battery only if the flat side is up 2 Check that the clip is holding the ba
257. the system s configuration table Exit Return to loadable offline operating environment List Lists the device types and firmware revisions supported by this revision of LFU Modify Modifies port parameters and device attributes Show Displays device mnemonic hardware and firmware revisions Update Replaces current firmware with loadable data image Verify Compares loadable and device images or Help Scrolls the function table UPD gt Use the show device command to find the name of the RRDCD drive Enter the boot command to boot LFU from the RRDCD drive This drive has the device name dkd400 Enter the directory and file name of the utility The directory name depends on the system model alpha8200 for the AlphaServer 8200 or alpha8400 for the AlphaServer 8400 The file name of the utility is as8000_v01 exe regardless of the directory LFU starts displays a summary of its commands and issues its prompt UPD gt Updating Firmware 6 3 6 2 List The list command displays the inventory of update firmware on the CD ROM Only the devices listed at your terminal are supported for firmware updates Example 6 2 List Command UPD gt list Device Current Revision Filename Update Revision cixcd0 3 cixcd_fw 4 demna0 83 demna_fw 8 3 kcm440 3 0 kem44_fw Be kn7cc ab0 1 0 x kn7cc_fw 1 0 x kzpsa0 A02_1 kzpsa_fw A06 UPD gt 6 4 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 The list command shows three pieces of
258. thin the system Push the breaker switch to On Circuit breaker tripped A Ifthe breaker does not trip off again check if power has returned to other parts of the system Check DC side of Blower spins up System self test completes OK regulator s and console prompt comes up If so boot the operating system If not continue with the DC regulators B If the breaker does trip to off again check for a short circuit within the system Continue the search with the DC side of the regulators BX 0179 95 Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 11 Figure 2 11 8200 Power Regulators DC Output Side 48 VDC Output Front OVERVOLTAGE MODULE OK OVER TEMP ON BATTERY BATTERYCHARGING REPLACE BATTERY BX 0176 95 2 12 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 2 12 Troubleshooting the DC Side of 8200 Regulators MOD OK LED unlit Overtemp LED lit Overvoltage LED lit Q Check ambient temperature If the room temperature is high there may be a problem with the air conditioning unit or with airflow conditions in the lab Correct that problem and restart the system If Over temp relights proceed to e g Check to see if blowers are running If the ambient temperature is OK then check to see if the blowers are running If not then the 48VDC output from the regulator has been shut off
259. to access memory each CPU notes whether that block of memory is currently resident in its cache and if so asserts a signal that the data is shared Thus when the slave responds with the data it asserts the TLSB_SHARED signal on the data bus so that CPU nodes can take note and make sure that the block being accessed remains valid in the CPU s cache This signal is valid when driven in response to Read Read Bank Lock Write and Write Bank Unlock commands TLSB_DIRTY This signal is used to indicate that the block being accessed is valid in a CPU cache and that the copy there is more recent than the copy in memory TLSB_DIRTY is guaranteed to be valid in response to Read and Read Bank Lock commands TLSB_STACHK This signal is asserted whenever TLSB_SHARED or TLSB_DIRTY is asserted to ensure that should an error occur in transmission or reception of either one of these signals it can be detected For example if TLSB_SHARED or TLSB_DIRTY is asserted but TLSB_STACHK is not there is an error Or if TLSB_STACHK is asserted and TLSB_SHARED or TLSB_DIRTY is not there is also an error 4 1 3 Enor Checking The TLSB is designed to implement error detection and where possible error correction The TLSB uses parity protection on the address bus The data bus is protected by ECC error correction code Protocol sequence checking is used on the control signals across both buses Cache coherency is monitored with the use of the TLSB_SHARED
260. touch the connectors power blades at the rear of the power regulator 8 Place the power regulator on an ESD mat Replacement To replace a power regulator reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Wear an antistatic wrist strap The enclosure has a guide for the printed circuit board be sure the edge of the board is in the guide Put the switch on the large regulator in the Enable position Verification Power up the system and check the indicators on the power regulator The 48V LED is on when the system is initialized The MOD OK LED lights after power up XMI and Futurebus Plug In Units 21 3 21 2 Enclosure and Card Cage Removal and Replacement An XMI PIU uses two quadrants front to rear A Futurebus PIU uses one quadrant in the rear of the cabinet only Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove any of these PIUs Figure 21 2 XMI and Futurebus PIU Enclosure 3 aoe oS BX 0731 94 21 4 Service Manual Part 4 AlphaServer 8400 NOTE The following procedure is for the front half of the XMI enclosure The rear half remains in the cabinet This procedure is for the entire Futurebus enclosure Removal 1 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable 2 Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist strap 3 Loosen the two spring loaded Phillips fasteners and remove the enclosure door See
261. tream read MDI TLSB error else CRDE on D stream read MDI TLSB error El STAT lt 34 gt CRDE on I stream readTMEM SIMM error EXT d CRD else CRDE on D stream read TMEM SIMM error EXT d CRD else TLEPy TLBER lt 24 gt Search all TLEPs CRDE on read dirty from another TLEP El STAT lt 34 gt i CRDE on I stream read _CPU hioh DIGA TLSB interface error else CRDE on D stream read CPU high high DIGA TLSB interface error EI_STAT lt 34 gt GPU high RD on l stream read Error between DIGA EV5 B cache else CPU high CRD on D stream read Error between DIGA EV5 B cache else this is a 630 error TMEM high Any TLSB node med TMEM high Any TLSB node med Faulty SIMM Faulty SIMM CPU high BX 0192D 95 DECevent ErorLog 455 Figure 4 4 Machine Check 620 Eror Continued Entry point for IRQO induced 620 s TLBER lt 18 gt TLBER lt 24 gt TLBER lt 23 20 gt Select TLESRy where y 3 if TLBER lt 23 gt is set 2 if TLBER lt 22 gt is set etc TLESRy lt 22 gt l TLESRy lt 17 gt CPU high CRDE on read dirty Any ARSE node med from CPUO DIGA TLSB interface else CPU high CRDE on read dirty from CPUO EV5 B cache DIGA error TLESRy lt 23 gt i TLESRy lt 17 gt PE 7 CRDE on read dirty ny node me from CPU1 DIGA TLSB interface error else RDE on read dirty from CPU1 EV5 B cache DIGA error CPU high TLESRy lt 17 gt CPU
262. trol logic module from the slide plate by removing the six screws Phillips that are in the corners and the center of each long side Replacement e Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Verification Power up the system and turn the keyswitch to Enable Check that the Key On LED lights Cabinet Control System 17 11 Chapter 18 Power and Cooling Systems This chapter contains the following sections Single Phase Power System H7264 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement AC Distribution Box Removal and Replacement Three Phase Power System H7263 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement AC Input Box Removal and Replacement DC Distribution Box Removal and Replacement Blower Removal and Replacement Powerand Cooling Systems 18 1 18 1 Single Phase Power System 18 1 1 H7264 Power Regulator Removal and Replacement Shut off the circuit breaker detach the regulator from the bus bar disconnect the cables release the captive fastener and slide the regulator out the front of the cabinet Tools required Phillips screwdriver M5 nutdriver 8 mm nutdriver Figure 18 1 H7264 Power Regulators BX 0753 95 18 2 Service Manual Part 4 Alpha Server 8400 Removal 1 2 3 7 8 9 Shut down the operating system and turn the keyswitch to Disable Ground yourself to the cabinet with an antistatic wrist st
263. ttery firmly If not remove the battery press the clip down gently and replace the battery BATTERY DISPOSAL Recycle or dispose of batteries contained in this product properly in accordance with local regulations for the battery type as marked on the battery Prior to disposal or recycling protect batteries against accidental short circuiting by affixing non conductive tape across battery terminals or conductive surfaces If the battery is not marked or if you require other information regarding batteries consult your nearest Digital Service Center TLSB Modules 5 27 Chapter 6 Updating Anmware Use the Loadable Firmware Update LFU utility to update system firmware LFU runs without any operating system and can update the firmware on any system module LFU handles modules on the TLSB bus for example the CPU as well as modules on the I O buses for example a CI controller on the XMI bus You are not required to specify any hardware path information and the update process is highly automated Both the LFU program and the firmware microcode images it writes are supplied on a CD ROM You start LFU on AlphaServer systems with the boot command A typical update procedure is 1 Boot the LFU CD ROM 2 Use the LFU list command to show the revisions of modules that LFU can update and the revisions of update firmware 3 Use the LFU update command to write the new firmware 4 Exit Sections in this chapter are e Booting
264. ue The command set d envar resets the environment variable to its default Connects to another console or service The dup option invokes the DUP server on the selected node The set host command can be issued only from the boot processor Configures the power regulators for battery backup Used only on AlphaServer 8400 with three phase power b configure the system with batteries lt value gt number of batteries 4 or 8 lt option gt cabinet containing the batteries main left or right Sets the selected SEEPROM option lt option gt field manufacturing or serial lt device gt the device mnemonic Displays the last configuration seen at system initialization Displays information on CPUs in the system Console Commandsand Environment Variables A 3 Table A 1 Summary of Console Commands Continued Command Description sh ow dev ice lt dev_name gt sh ow ee prom lt option gt sh ow lt envar gt or show sh ow m emory sh ow ne twork sh ow p ower h s option sh ow see prom lt option gt lt device gt sh ow simm s tart address sto p lt processor_number gt Displays device information for any disk or tape adapter or group of adapters lt dev_name gt any adapter name wild carding is allowed If blank information is given for all devices in the system Displays selected EEPROM information lt option gt diag_sdd
265. ue the search with the DC regulators BX 0126 94 Troubleshooting with LEDs 2 19 2 4 2 H7264 Power Regulators An AlphaServer 8400 system may include one or two single phase H7264 power regulators A second power regulator may be needed if power requirements demand it LEDs that display the status of each regulator can be seen through the front cover Figure 2 18 H7264 Power Regulators and Status LEDs __ PS2 Status MOD OK Overtemp C Overvoltage PS1 Status MOD OK Overtemp Overvoltage BX0136 Al 2 20 Service Manual Part 1 Troubleshooting Figure 2 19 Troubleshooting Steps for H7264 Regulator MOD OK LED not lit Overtemp LED lit Check room temperature If the room temperature is high there may be a problem with the air conditioning unit or with airflow conditions in the data center Correct that problem and restart the system If the Overtemp LED lights again proceed to 2 2 Check to see if blower is running If the ambient temperature is OK then check to see if the blower is running If not then the 48 VDC output from the regulator has been shut off because the internal temperature of the reg ulator is too high The regulator is malfunctioning Overvoltage replace it LED lit km Turn off AC power wait 30 seconds retry If this LED is lit more than 48 VDC is being output from the regulator Turn off the AC power wait 30 seconds turn on the AC breaker and pow
266. ve screws Disconnect the 17 03122 01 cable J3 from the clock module Remove the screw that holds each lock in handle in place Open the handles and gently pull the terminator module out Replacement Reverse the steps in the Removal procedure Processor System Unit 11 5 11 3 TLSB Card Cage Removal and Replacement 11 3 1 Prepare the Cabinetand Remove the Line Filter First remove the storage drawer If necessary remove the StorageWorks shelf and power strip Then remove the line filter Figure 11 9 LSB Line Filter a BX 0629 94 11 6 Service Manual Part 3 AlphaServer 8200 Removal 1 SDN GR Gos BS 10 11 12 13 14 15 Open the front door and remove the rear door by loosening the two bolts at the bottom of the cabinet and lifting the door off the two brackets Push the control panel On Off button to Off Shut the circuit breaker off and disconnect the AC power cord Remove the storage drawer see Section 11 4 If a StorageWorks shelf is located just below the PSU at the front of the cabinet remove it If the system has a power strip remove it Remove all modules from the TLSB card cage Remove the line filter cover plate at the bottom of the TLSB card cage by removing eight screws See Disconnect the power leads from the input side of the line filter by removing two 6 kepnuts see Remove the rear
267. wer up The console software also includes a test command for running various diagnostics If the power system includes H7263 regulators detailed information on the power system can be requested e An error log produced by both the OpenVMS Alpha and Digital UNIX operating systems for analyzing transient errors Removal and replacement procedures for field replaceable units FRUs in the AlphaServer 8200 system are for elements in the system unit the top part of the cabinet Other elements that can be included in the cabinet are one or two AC DC power regulators PCI bus shelves and SCSI BA350 JB shelves These are mounted with brackets and screws attached to the cabinet AlphaServer 8400 systems can contain a wider variety of I O buses and hence the system self test includes information on these buses and the I O adapters in them In both systems the components are accessible from the front and rear doors Side panels can be removed if necessary to check or fix cabling Some components are heavy and require two people for removal and replacement Overview of the Systems 1 3 1 2 TLSB System Bus Both the AlphaServer 8400 and 8200 systems use the TLSB system bus The TLSB is a centerplane in the 8400 system it offers 9 slots for modules For an 8200 system only the back half of the bus is used to offer 5 slots for modules Figure 1 3 TLSB System Bus AlphaServer 8400 Processor Memory
268. wn 4 The ERR2 register s last digit is a 9 indicating that bit 0 is set and bit 3 is set The FRUs identified for this branch of the parse tree are the KFTxA high probability PCIA DWLPA motherboard medium probability and hose I O cable connecting KFTxA to DWLPA motherboard low probability Example 4 7 Sample DWLPA Motherboard Error Log Entry KKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KKK KKK ENTRY 1 KKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKKKKK Logging OS 1 OpenVMS System Architecture 2 Alpha OS version T6 2 FT3 Event sequence number 140 Timestamp of occurrence 25 APR 1995 11 26 16 System uptime in seconds ak Flags x0000 Host name CLYPO1 Alpha HW model AlphaServer 8200 Model 5 300 Unique CPU ID x00000005 Entry type 28 Adapter Error SWI Minor class 8 Adapter Error DECeventEnorLog 417 SWI Minor sub class SP PCIA 1 Software Flags x00280000 PCIA Subpacket Present PCI Bus Snapshot Present Base Phys Addr of TIOP x000000FF89800000 TLaser PCIA Registers Channel No x0001 PCI Slots Present x00000000 Contents of PCIO Slot 0 No Card Contents of PCIO Slot 1 No Card Contents of PCIO Slot 2 No Card Contents of PCIO Slot 3 No Card Contents of PCI1 Slot 0 No Card Contents of PCI1 Slot 1 No Card Contents of PCI1 Slot 2 No Card Contents of PCI1 Slot 3 No Card Contents of PCI2 Slot 0 No Card Contents of PCI2 Slot 1 No Card Contents of PCI2 Slot 2 No Card Contents of PCI2 Slot 3 No Card Module Revision x00000000 CTLO x01E00100 Co

AlphaServer 8200/8400 Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents